JP5607905B2 - Game system - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention makes it easy for a general player who is not a member to grasp source game machine information based on game-related information of a source game machine when the game machine is changed (moved). It is related with the game system which can do.

  Conventionally, as a gaming system in which a player can easily grasp source game machine information based on game-related information of a source game machine, a member issued to a registered member player Based on the fact that the card is received by a card unit corresponding to the gaming machine in a one-to-one relationship, the gaming history of the member player is managed, and the gaming machine from which each member player moves is stored in the gaming history. And the game related information of the specified moving source gaming machine is provided to the member player as moving source game table information (for example, see Patent Document 1).

  In addition, in recent years, a counting device has been provided for each gaming machine for the purpose of reducing the time required to carry the gaming balls acquired by the player to the counting machine and reducing the number of gaming balls required in the game hall. A game that counts and collects the number of game balls acquired in this way, records the points acquired in the game and the number of game balls counted on a card and discharges it, and the discharged card corresponds to another game machine. There are some which can be played by inserting the acquired number of game balls into the number of balls or balls in other game machines by inserting it into the game device (see, for example, Patent Document 2).

Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2005-58543 (pages 62-63, FIG. 59) Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2006-175061 (page 50, FIG. 70)

  However, in Patent Document 1, a game machine that is a source of movement is specified by a game history based on acceptance of a member card possessed by each member player by being issued in advance to the member player. Therefore, for general players who do not have a membership card, it is not possible to grasp an accurate game history, and therefore it is not possible to accurately identify the source gaming machine, so these general players There is a problem in that it is not possible to provide the move source game table information.

  In particular, in the system of Patent Document 2, a general player who does not have a membership card also counts the number of pachinko balls acquired in the gaming machine with the intermediary machine 3 corresponding to the gaming machine, Since the counted number of pachinko balls is recorded on the card and issued, the player records the card on the card by inserting the issued card into the intermediary machine 3 corresponding to the other game machine to which it is moved. Since the number of pachinko balls that have been used can be easily used in the game machine to be moved, the frequency of table movement is high, so it is possible to move for general players who use a system having a counting device for each of these game machines. A system that can provide information on former game machines was desired.

  Therefore, the present invention has been made paying attention to such problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game system that can provide the original game machine information to general players.

In order to solve the above-described problem, a gaming system according to claim 1 of the present invention provides:
It is provided corresponding to the gaming machine (pachinko machine 2),
Counting means (counting / fractional payout unit 340) for counting game media (pachinko balls) acquired in the game;
In accordance with a predetermined operation (return button operation) by the player, the number of acquired game media (number of balls) based on the number of game media counted (number of balls) counted by the counting means and the corresponding game machine are moved. Recording medium processing for discharging (issuing) a recording medium (visitor card) that can be specified as the original (one-stage) gaming machine and receiving the recording medium discharged at least in another gaming device (card unit 3) Means (card reader / writer 327);
The number of acquired game media (number of cards held) counted by another gaming device identified from the recording media received by the recording media processing means, and the counted number of gaming media counted by the gaming device Use processing means (control) for performing a use process for causing a game machine to be used in a game of a corresponding gaming machine within the range of the total number of game media owned by the player (the number of possession balls) consisting of Unit 328; payout process);
The use that Do at least the acquired game medium number 0 by treatment (the number of lifting ball becomes 0) when the recovery means for recovering the recording medium in reception on the recording medium processing unit (card reader-writer 327 A conveying belt 391, a card storage unit 370);
A plurality of gaming devices (card unit 3) comprising:
It is communicably connected with each of the plurality of pre Ki遊 Technical equipment, each of the gaming device gaming related information generated during the game in the corresponding game machine (base data, counting ball number, counting history) of A management device (management computer 150) for managing each gaming machine;
A gaming system comprising:
An output operation for requesting an output of movement source game machine information, which is information based on game-related information of the movement source game machine, from the player (the pachinko machine of the movement source of “one machine before” on the movement source machine detailed information screen) Output operation accepting means (control unit 328; processing of Sj5, Sj6, transparent touch panel 314) that accepts the “selection execution operation of the selection input section of“ execution of setting 2 ”in FIG.
Wherein when the recording medium processing unit is accepted the recording medium; a (setting condition determination processing Yes at Sj2), based on the acceptance of the output operation by the output operation acceptance means, specified from the recording medium carrying them receiving Game-related information relating to at least the output operation received from the source game machine to be moved is specified (CPU 152; management data update processing, Sd3 to Sd5), and the source game based on the specified game-related information Source game machine information output processing means (management computer 150; CPU 152, card unit 3; control unit) for performing source game machine information output process (management data update process, Sd6, and hyena information reception process) for outputting machine information 328),
It is characterized by having.
According to this feature, the move source game machine information is output based on the game related information of the specified move source game machine from the recording medium used by the general player. Since the original gaming machine information output process is performed by the gaming machine device corresponding to the moving-destination gaming machine, the moving-source gaming machine information of the moving gaming machine can be provided to the general player.

A gaming system according to claim 2 of the present invention is the gaming system according to claim 1,
Limiting means (control unit 328; setting condition determination process, reception of hyena information ) that restricts the execution of the move source game machine information output process when at least the number of acquired game media does not exist (the number of possessed balls is 0 ) Time processing).
According to this feature, since there is a high possibility that the player will change at least when the number of acquired game media does not exist, the player base information of the general player before the change is sent to the other players who have changed. Can be prevented from being provided.

A gaming system according to claim 3 of the present invention is the gaming system according to claim 1 ,
In the recording medium (visitor card), prepaid value information (prepaid balance data, card ID) capable of specifying the size of the prepaid value (prepaid balance) that can be used for a game is recorded,
The gaming device (card unit 3), the recording medium processing device at least a portion the size of the prepaid value is specified from the prepaid value information recorded on the recording medium is accepted (the card reader-writer 327) Prepaid use processing means (control unit) for performing prepaid use processing (lending processing) for causing game media equivalent to 125 (125 pachinko balls corresponding to the number of uses of 5) to be used in games of the corresponding gaming machine 328),
The movement source gaming table information output processing unit (control unit 328) is (even number lifting balls is 0) even in the absence of at least the acquired game medium number, the recording medium carrying them receiving (Visitor When the prepaid value size specified from the prepaid value information recorded on the card) exists (setting condition determination processing; Yes at Sj2, processing at high hyena information reception; No at Sg1), the source game It is characterized by performing table information output processing.
According to this feature, even if there is no number of acquired game media, if there is a large amount of prepaid value, the same general player is likely to be playing, so the same general More source game machine information can be provided to the player.

A gaming system according to claim 4 of the present invention is the gaming system according to claim 3,
The gaming device (card unit 3)
Money recognition means (banknote identification unit 321) for receiving money (banknotes) and identifying the authenticity and money type of the received money;
Prepaid value magnitude (prepaid balance) corresponding to a predetermined amount (accepted amount) within the range of the identified amount identified by the money identifying means is used as prepaid value information (prepaid balance data, card ID) of the recording medium. A value addition means (control unit 328) for performing a value addition process (issuance / payment process) to be added to the size of the prepaid value more specified;
With
The movement source game machine information output processing means is configured to perform “output setting” of the pachinko machine 2 that is the movement source of “one front” by the output operation reception means (control unit 328; processing of Sj5 and Sj6, transparent touch panel 314). after accepting the selection input of the selection input operation) of execution ", when the size and the at least the acquired game medium number flop Ripeido value becomes 0 (becomes a prepaid balance and the number of lifting ball are both 0 hyena set a) when the timer counts the release grace timer is started, if the value adding process until the elapse of a predetermined time period (up to hyenas unset grace timer is timer up) was carried out (hyena unset grace timer to terminate the timer count) in addition and payment processing during the timer count, the transfer based on the acceptance of the output operation While implementing the original gaming table information output process (carried hyenas information transmission process and hyenas information reception process by the hyena setting is maintained), if the value adding process until the elapse of a predetermined time period has not been performed to (the hyena unset grace timer is a timer up) does not perform the movement source gaming table information output process based on the reception of the output operation (hyenas information transmission processing in response to release of the hyena setting by sending hyenas setting cancellation request In addition, the processing is not performed when the hyena information is received, and the processing when the hyena information is received; No in Sg3).
According to this feature, even if the value of the prepaid value and at least the number of acquired game media are 0, the same general player is playing if the value addition processing is performed within a predetermined period. Since there is a high possibility, these same general players can eliminate the trouble of performing the output operation again after the value addition processing.

A gaming system according to claim 5 of the present invention is the gaming system according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
The management apparatus (management computer 150) manages the number of jackpots of gaming machines (number of jackpots in the unit management table) as the game related information,
In response to the fact that the movement source game machine information output processing means has specified that the number of jackpots of the game machine of the movement source has been updated (Sd4; it is temporarily stored that there has been a change in the number of jackpots). (Yes in Sd5), the fact that the number of big hits of the movement source gaming machine has been updated in the movement source gaming machine information output process is output as the movement source gaming machine information (a big hit shown in FIG. 54 (a) occurs) (A pop-up display of a notification screen including a message to the effect).
According to this feature, the general player can easily grasp that the big hit has occurred in the game machine of the movement source.

A gaming system according to claim 6 of the present invention is the gaming system according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
The management device (management computer 150) uses, as the game-related information, a counting history (counting history in which the type in the counting / payout history table is counting) including the number of counted gaming media (number of processed balls) counted by the counting means. , For each gaming machine (card number) corresponding to the gaming device (card unit 3),
The movement source gaming machine information output processing means is a counting history of the movement source gaming machine specified from the recording medium accepted by the recording medium processing means (in the counting / payout history table, being accepted by the card unit 3). based on the history) including the type of counting the card ID of the visitor card stored corresponding, the move source counting game medium number counted by said gaming device corresponding to the game machine (one before In response to the fact that the pachinko balls counted in the card unit 3 after the visitor card being received in the card unit 3 corresponding to the pachinko machine 2 has reached a predetermined number (10,000 balls), in the moving source gaming table information output process, the fact that counting game medium count said counted by the game device corresponding to the move source of the gaming machine has reached the predetermined number, the transfer source gaming table Output (movement after counting ball number shown in FIG. 54 (b) is a pop-up display of the notification screen including a message that has become 10,000 ball) is characterized in that to the broadcast.
According to this feature, the general player can easily grasp that the counted number of game media counted in the source game machine has reached a predetermined number.

Gaming system of claim 7 of the present invention, there is provided a gaming system according to any one of 請 Motomeko 1-6,
The recording medium processing unit (card unit 327) is when accepted the recording medium the acquired game medium number specified from (visitor card) (number lifting balls) are present without being used all by the use process the predetermined operation when a (operation return button), the acquisition game medium count for the present (the number of lifting balls), the acquired game medium number counted gaming machine to the existing (prior two the pachinko machine 2) and the corresponding game machine (identifiable the recording medium as the source game machine pachinko machine 2) before one (count-dispensing history table, in association with the card ID recorded, A visitor card with a history that includes the number and number of coins)
The movement source game machine information output processing means includes a counting / payout history table corresponding to the card IDs of all the movement source gaming machines (accepting visitor cards) from the recording medium received by the recording medium processing means. The game related information of the previous one, two previous pachinko machines 2) identified from the machine number stored in (the hyena flag is set for the previous one, two previous pachinko machines 2) In the hyena notification determination process, the presence / absence of temporary storage indicating that there has been a change in the number of jackpots, the number of updated balls, the number of updated starts, or the number of difference balls after updating)), the movement in the original gaming table information output process, that outputs the moving source amusement machine information based on the game-related information of the moving source of each gaming machine to which the specific (the big hit occurs, move after counting ball number becomes 10,000 ball A message to the effect It is characterized by that pop up) of the notification screen including.
According to this feature, even if the game medium cannot be acquired at the destination and is further moved, the game machine of the move source is specified and the game related information of the specified game machine of the move source is specified. The game machine information output process for outputting the game machine information based on the game machine is executed in the gaming machine device corresponding to the game machine of the final movement destination, so that the general player can It is possible to provide game machine information of the game machine.

It is a system configuration figure showing the whole picture of the game system in the example of the present invention. It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine 2 and the card unit 3 which were used for the game system of the Example of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the card unit 3 and the ball stacking display unit 401 used in the Example of this invention. It is top view sectional drawing which shows the structure of the card reader / writer 327 used for the card unit 3 of the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the protrusion part 305 of the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is an external appearance perspective view which shows the counting and fraction discharge unit 340 used in the Example of this invention. It is a side view of the card unit 3 of the Example of this invention. It is a fracture | rupture top view which shows the internal structure of the counting and fraction discharge unit 340 used for the Example of this invention. (A)-(d) is a figure explaining the flow path in the counting and fraction discharge unit 340 used for the Example of this invention, and the flow-down condition of the pachinko ball. (A) is a figure which shows the card table of the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention, (b) is a figure which shows the game information table of the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. (C) is a figure which shows the member game information used in the Example of this invention, (d) is a figure which shows the number-of-balls data used in the Example of this invention, (e), It is a figure which shows the number-of-balls breakdown table used in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the transmission data sequence transmitted from the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is an external appearance perspective view of the distribution apparatus 5 used in the Example of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the distribution apparatus 5 used in the Example of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the system controller 100 used in the Example of this invention. (A) is a figure which shows the membership card table in the system controller 100 used in the Example of this invention, (b) is a figure which shows a visitor card table. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the management computer 150 used in the Example of this invention. (A) is a figure which shows the member saving management table in the management computer 150 used in the Example of this invention, (b) is a figure which shows a visitor saving management table. It is a figure which shows the possession ball classification table used in the Example of this invention. (A) is a figure which shows the unit management table used in the Example of this invention, (b) is a figure which shows the storage / payout history table used in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the distribution log | history table used in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the count / payout history table used in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the integrated history table used in the Example of this invention. (A) is a figure which shows the member information table in the management computer 150 used in the Example of this invention, (b) is a figure which shows the game history table classified by member. (A) is a figure which shows the distribution setting screen in the management computer 150 used in the Example of this invention, (b) shows the storage ball discharge | emission setting screen in the management computer 150 used in the Example of this invention. FIG. It is a figure which shows the possession ball display setting screen in the management computer 150 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the card | curd acceptance process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the screen display process during card acceptance implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. (A)-(c) is a figure which shows the display aspect of the screen during card reception displayed on the display part 312 of the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention, and the lighting mode of the ball stacking display unit 401. FIG. (A), (b) is a figure which shows the display content of the screen during card reception displayed on the display part 312 of the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention, and the lighting mode of the ball stacking display unit 401. FIG. (A)-(c) is explanatory drawing which shows the flow in which a count and the payment history display screen are displayed on the display part 312 of the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the count information processing implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the payout process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the distribution process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the distribution process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the distribution process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the distribution process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. (A), (b) is a figure which shows transmission / reception of the information between the card unit 3 or the distribution apparatus 5 and the management computer 150 in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows transfer of the information between the card unit 3 and the management computer 150 in the Example of this invention. (A), (b) is a figure which shows transmission / reception of the information between the hall computer 140 and the management computer 150 in the Example of this invention. (A)-(d) is a figure which shows the display content of the display part 312 of the card unit 3 in the Example of this invention. (A)-(h) is a figure which shows the display content of the display part 312 of the card unit 3 in the Example of this invention. (A)-(e) is a figure which shows the display content of the display apparatus 501 of the distribution apparatus 5 in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the integration process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the 1st integration process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the 2nd integration process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the 3rd integration process implemented in the card unit 3 used in the Example of this invention. (A), (b) is a figure which shows the display content of the display part 312 of the card unit 3 in the Example of this invention. (A)-(d) is a figure which shows the display content of the display part 312 of the card unit 3 in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the hyena alerting | reporting information table used in the Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows transfer of the information between the card unit 3 and the management computer 150 at the time of selection of a hyena check in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the management data update process implemented in the management computer 150 in the Example of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the processing content of the process at the time of the hyena information reception implemented in the card unit 3 in the Example of this invention. (A)-(e) is a figure which shows the display content of the display part 312 of the card unit 3 in the Example of this invention.

  EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION The form for implementing the game device which concerns on this invention is demonstrated below based on an Example.

  An embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall image of a gaming system to which a card unit 3 which is a gaming apparatus of the present invention is applied. A card reader-type pachinko machine (hereinafter abbreviated as a pachinko machine) 2 which is a gaming machine arranged in parallel on a plurality of game islands (not shown) arranged in the game hall, and a side position on a predetermined side of the pachinko machine 2 A visitor card having a prepaid function that is a one-to-one correspondence with the pachinko machine 2 and is issued to a general player who has not registered as a member. Or a pachinko ball which is a game medium used for a game in a gaming machine by receiving a membership card which is a game recording medium (member recording medium) issued to a member player registered as a member in the gaming machine Lend A card unit 3 that counts pachinko balls acquired in the process for displaying and the corresponding pachinko machine 2 and pays out (returns) pachinko balls within the counted number of pachinko balls; A system controller 100 for managing visitor cards and membership cards used in the card unit 3 and the card units 3, management of the number of balls counted in each card unit 3, and member games possessing the membership cards Information such as a management computer 150 for managing the number of saved balls and the number of possessed balls recorded on the visitor card that can be used by the player for a second game, and the base data of each pachinko machine 2 installed in the game hall A hall computer 140 for managing the game and a predetermined position in the game hall such as a position near the prize counter in the game hall. A distribution device 5 that distributes the number of saved balls and the number of held visitor cards to other visitor cards or membership cards, and a gift exchange POS terminal 170 provided at a prize counter in the amusement hall for exchanging prizes; , Mainly consists of.

  As shown in FIG. 1, each of the devices constituting the gaming system of this embodiment is connected so as to be capable of bidirectional data communication via a hub (HUB) 7 and a communication cable 8. Each connected device is assigned a local IP address to form a local area network (LAN), and each of the devices connected to the local area network (LAN) can be individually identified. The device ID is assigned and each device has an IP address table in which a device (unit) ID and a local IP address are associated with each other, a unit management table (see FIG. 19A) described later, and the like. By giving each local IP address specified by the device (unit) ID to transmission data and transmitting / receiving it, It has to be able to perform the transmission and reception of over data.

  As described above, the system controller 100 according to the present embodiment manages the prepaid balance (prepaid value) existing (remaining) in each member card and each visitor card, and via the communication line 11, It is connected to a management server 12 installed in a card management company outside the amusement hall that manages member cards and visitor cards so that bidirectional data communication can be performed. This management information is transmitted to the card management company so that the management server 12 can grasp the sales by membership card and visitor card of each game hall.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 1, a monitoring camera system for monitoring the inside of the game hall is connected to the hall computer 140 of the present embodiment, and a monitoring image inside the gaming hall captured by the monitoring camera system is displayed. Each of the pachinko machines 2 has a display device (monitor) that is stored and managed together with the base data and the like, and is capable of displaying these monitoring images, game information such as base data, a list of integrated histories described later, and the like. Note that game information such as the base data of each pachinko machine 2 managed by the hall computer 140 is updated to the latest information by transmission data transmitted from the card unit 3 corresponding to each pachinko machine 2, as will be described later. It has been updated.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the card unit 3 and the pachinko machine 2 have various signals associated with the lending of a plurality of pachinko balls (25 in this embodiment) predetermined as payout units. Is a terminal terminal lending completion signal (EXS) or a table READY signal (PRDY) output from the pachinko machine 2, a card unit READY signal (BRDY) or a terminal terminal lending request completion confirmation signal (BRQ) output from the control unit 328. Are connected so as to be able to transmit and receive, and a jackpot signal, a probability changing signal, a time-shortening signal, a winning ball signal, and a start signal, which will be described later, output from the pachinko machine 2 are connected thereto.

  First, the pachinko machine 2 which is a gaming machine used in the present embodiment will be briefly described below. The pachinko machine 2 has a glass door frame 22 formed in a frame shape as shown in FIG. There is a hitting ball supply tray 23 on the lower surface of the glass door frame 22. An operation unit 14 is provided at a predetermined position on the upper surface of the hitting ball supply tray 23, and a lower tray 24 that stores pachinko balls overflowing from the hitting ball supply tray 23 is provided below the hitting ball supply tray (upper plate) 23. A hitting operation handle (hereinafter referred to as an operation knob) 25 for emitting a hitting ball is provided.

  A game board 26 is detachably attached to the rear side of the glass door frame 22. A game area 27 is provided in front of the game board 26. A special figure variable display section 28 in which a plurality of types of identification information called “special symbols” are variably displayed in a lower area on the right side of the game area 27, and a plurality of types called “effect symbols” in the vicinity of the center thereof. Are provided, and an effect variable display unit 29 for displaying effect images and a variable display device 30 for variably displaying a plurality of types of identification information called “ordinary symbols” are provided. The game board 26 is provided with a plurality of winning holes 44, a passing gate 31, a starting winning hole 34, and a variable winning ball device 36. A recovery outlet 46 is formed.

  When a hitting ball is won in each of the winning openings, a winning ball corresponding to each winning opening is paid out by a ball cutting / dispensing device (not shown) and also according to the number of winning balls paid out by the ball cutting / dispensing device. A prize ball signal (1 pulse per 10 balls) is output to the outside, so that the number of prize balls is notified to the outside.

A ball hit by a hammer (not shown) that is swung by the operation of the hitting operation handle 25 enters the game area 27 through the hitting rail, and then flows down the game area 27. At this time, pachinko balls whose launch momentum is too weak to reach the game area 27 are circulated to the lower plate 24 through a circulation path (not shown).

  In addition, when the ball that has been driven into the game area 27 passes through the passing gate 31, the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed on the variable display device 30 is variably started.

  When the display result after the variable display operation of the variable display device 30 is a predetermined display result (for example, ◯), the movable piece 35 provided at the start winning opening 34 is opened for a predetermined time and the player This is an advantageous state.

  When a pachinko ball is won at the start winning opening 34, all special symbols are variably displayed (variable display) in the special figure variable display section 28, and the effect display is started in the effect variable display section 29. After that, when the special symbol in the special figure variable display unit 28 stops and the result of the stop display becomes a predetermined specific display mode, the left, middle and right effects in the production variable display unit 29 are displayed. The variable display of the symbol is also stopped, and the display mode of the effect symbol is also set to a predetermined specific display mode (for example, 777), so that a specific gaming state (big hit state) occurs and a big hit signal is output. By being in a state, the occurrence of the jackpot is notified to the outside.

  Further, when the special symbol on the special symbol variable display unit 28 is stopped, a start signal having a predetermined pulse width is output, and the special symbol variable display (variable display) is performed on the special symbol variable display unit 28. Will be notified.

  When the big hit state occurs in this way, the opening / closing plate 40 provided in the variable winning ball apparatus 36 is opened, and a first state advantageous to the player is obtained. This first state ends when a predetermined period (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number of hit balls (for example, 10) wins, whichever comes first, and then for the player This is a disadvantageous second state.

  If a hit ball that has entered the large winning opening of the variable winning ball apparatus 36 in the first state wins a specific winning area (V pocket) and is detected by a V count switch (not shown), Waiting for the end of the first state, repeated continuation control is performed to control from the second state to the first state. The upper limit number of the repeated continuation control is set to 15 times, for example.

  When the display result of the special figure variable display unit 28 and the display result of the effect symbol of the effect variable display unit 29 are stopped and displayed with a combination of predetermined jackpot symbols, a big hit occurs as described above. A reach state may occur in a state before the stop display.

  When the special symbol variably displayed on the special figure variable display unit 28 and the production variable display unit 29 and the production symbol are stopped and displayed with a combination of symbols corresponding to a predetermined probability variation symbol type, After the completion of ”, the probability variation state in which the probability of a big hit again becomes a higher probability state than the normal probability state becomes a probability variation state. In the probability variation state after the end of the probability variation jackpot, the probability variation state signal is output, and the occurrence of the probability variation state is notified to the outside.

  Further, when the special symbol variably displayed on the special symbol variable display unit 28 and the production variable display unit 29 and the production symbol are stopped and displayed with a combination of symbols other than the predetermined probability variation symbol, the “big hit” by the repeated continuation control is performed. The special symbol and effect variable display part in the special figure variable display part 28 until the variable display reaches the predetermined number of times or the next big hit occurs in the special figure variable display part 28 and the effect variable display part 29. When the variable display time (variation time) of the effect symbol in 29 is shortened compared to the normal gaming state, it becomes a short state, and during these short states, the short and medium signal is output, The occurrence of a short time condition is notified to the outside.

  The pachinko machine 2 of this embodiment is equipped with an information output board (not shown) for outputting these signals externally, and the information output board and the card unit 3 are connected via a signal cable (not shown). From the information output board, an external output signal consisting of a big hit signal, a probability changing signal, a short time signal, a start signal, and a winning ball signal is output to the card unit 3 via a signal cable.

  Here, the big hit signal is a signal that is in the output state during the big hit state period, the probability changing signal is a signal that is in the output state only during the probability changing state period, and the short and medium time signal is the period in the short time state The start signal is a pulse signal of a predetermined width that is output when the variable display is completed after all the display results of the special figure variable display section 28 are derived and displayed. The ball signal is a pulse signal having a predetermined width that is output every time a predetermined number of balls (10 balls in this embodiment) is paid out.

  The pachinko machine 2 according to the present embodiment has a control for counting and paying out a predetermined number of award balls from a game control board that controls the game in the pachinko machine 2 based on a prize ball signal output based on winning. And a prize ball control board (not shown) that controls to count and lend out 25 pachinko balls, which are payout units, based on signals input / output from the card unit 3, as with a normal CR machine. In addition, pachinko balls can be lent out in multiples of 25 balls, which is the payout unit.

  Next, the visitor card and the membership card used in the present embodiment will be briefly described. The visitor card (general recording medium) and the membership card (member) which are the game recording media used in the present embodiment. Recording medium) has a non-volatile memory for storing various data, and a control unit for rewriting and reading out the recorded information and for performing non-contact communication with an external reader / writer device. IC cards equipped with IC chips are used, and these visitor cards and membership cards have card IDs that can identify individual cards. Specifically, visitor cards have card IDs that begin with VC. In the card, the member card ID starting with KC is stored in advance so as not to be rewritten, and the type can be identified from the card ID. In addition, various data such as prepaid balance data that can specify a prepaid balance and a distribution flag that can specify the presence or absence of distribution (“1” indicates that there is distribution and “0” indicates that there is no distribution) are stored. .

  The member card is issued to a member player who has registered as a member in the amusement hall, and a member ID assigned to the member is stored in a non-rewritable manner. In addition, as will be described later, the member player can use the membership card to store the pachinko balls once acquired and counted so that they can be used again in the game after the next day. However, these member cards do not directly record the number of stored balls, which is data of the stored balls, and the number of stored balls is associated with the member card ID and the member ID in the management computer 150 as will be described later. By being stored, it can be specified from the member card ID or member ID.

  The visitor card is purchased and issued by a card issuing / payment machine (not shown) installed in the amusement hall, and is also issued by the card unit 3. The visitor card stores the number of balls and date counted by the player who owns the visitor card, and the number of balls can be used in each card unit 3 in the game hall only on that day. It is like that.

  In this embodiment, as described above, the number of possessed balls is written and recorded only on the visitor card, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the data on the number of retained balls and the number of accumulated balls is recorded. May be recorded on the membership card in the same manner as the visitor card.

  Next, the card unit 3 and the ball stacking display unit 401 according to the present embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 2 to 11. The card unit 3 according to the present embodiment includes a game island as shown in FIG. A ball stacking display unit 401 that is installed on the upper curtain plate 4 and displays the number of pachinko balls acquired by the corresponding pachinko machine 2 in a step-by-step stacked display and lighting color as in the case of the ball box is connected. The lighting of these ball stack display units 401 is controlled by the ball stack display information output from the card unit 3.

  Similar to the ball box, the ball stacking display unit 401 is configured by stacking five rectangular box-shaped display portions 402a to 402e whose information is slightly wider. These display portions 402a to 402e are The built-in LED modules 412a to 412e are individually lit in green, blue, and red colors.

  Further, on the front surface of the card unit 3 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, a multi-function lamp which is configured by a full color LED and can be informed of the state of the card unit 3 by being lit in a plurality of colors. Various display units such as 301, a bill insertion slot 302 for inserting bills, a projecting portion 305 projecting from the front of the device to the front side of the device, and a payout button for receiving a counting payout operation for paying out the number of balls 311, an integration button 310 for receiving an integration operation, and a single card insertion slot 309 for inserting a membership card or a visitor card are provided.

  A card insertion slot 309 provided on the front surface of the card unit 3 is connected to a card slot 392 of a card reader / writer 327 (see FIG. 7) built in a position corresponding to the card insertion slot 309. A visitor card or a membership card can be inserted into the card slot 392 through the insertion slot 309.

  A protruding portion 305 is provided on the front surface of the card unit 3 so as to protrude forward. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, on the surface of the protruding portion 305 facing the player, a display unit 312 capable of displaying various information, a menu button 316 for displaying a main menu screen, a table When a table data button 318 for displaying data and a member card is received, a replay game using the member card ID recorded on the member card and the number of balls specified by the member ID is performed. Replay button 319, replay display unit 320 for notifying that the operation of replay button 319 is effective, and an infrared signal from a remote control (not shown) possessed by an attendant of the game hall are An IR light receiving unit 315 that converts and outputs a signal is provided, and each display item displayed on the display unit 312 is provided on the surface of the display unit 312. Transparent touch panel 314 to be input is provided by touching with a finger.

  Further, a liquid crystal display 313, which will be described later, and a switch corresponding to each button are provided inside the protrusion 305, and these correspond to the protrusion 305 as shown in FIG. By being connected to the display control board 329 provided at the position in the apparatus, display control of the liquid crystal display 313, input position detection by the transparent touch panel 314, and the like are performed by the display control board 329.

  At the upper position in the card unit 3, a banknote inserted in the banknote insertion slot 302 is connected, and a bill inserted into the banknote insertion slot 302 is taken to identify its authenticity and banknote type. A banknote identification unit 321 that outputs to a control unit 328, which will be described later, provided in the unit is provided. In the banknote identification unit 321, various banknotes (10,000 yen, 5,000 yen, 2,000 yen, 1,000 yen each) (Banknotes) can be accepted.

  Further, a control unit 328 for controlling the operation of the card unit 3 is provided at a substantially central position of the card unit 3 so as to be easily connected to each part constituting the card unit 3, and as will be described later. Various operations of the card unit 3 are controlled by the control unit 328.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 7, a recovery channel box 348 having a recovery channel inclined from the front side to the rear (inward) side of the card unit 3 is provided at the lowermost position of the card unit 3. In addition, the card unit 3 is disposed at the lower end position of the front surface of the card unit 3 on the front surface side of the recovery flow path box 348 at the lower position of the lower plate 24 of the pachinko machine 2, thereby being discharged from the lower plate 24. There is a connecting rod 344 for allowing the pachinko balls discharged from the box-like counting / fractional payout unit 340 to flow into the card unit 3 while counting the pachinko balls that are less than the payout unit number. A connecting rod mounting port 348 ′ to be mounted is provided, and the pachinko balls that flow down the connecting rod 344 and flow into the recovery flow path box 348 from the connecting rod mounting port 348 ′ are recovered. The road box 348 from the front side of the card unit 3 will flow down to the rear (inner) side, and is discharged to a collecting gutter (not shown) of the game island from the rear lower end of the card unit 3.

In the card unit 3 of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7, the main body of the card unit 3 engages with a unit holder 31 'formed at the upper and lower positions, and the main body of the card unit 3 is pulled out in the front direction. A cylinder lock (not shown) is provided at a predetermined position below the front surface of the card unit 3 through a unit holder 31 ′ that can be held, and is locked by an unlocking key possessed by an attendant or the like. The card unit 3 can be pulled out by canceling. Further, the unit holder 31 ′ is provided with a connector for relaying various connection cables, and a communication cable or the like connected to the control unit 328 is relay-connected via the unit holder 31 ′. These communication cables are devised so that the card unit 3 main body cannot be pulled out by being entangled when the card unit 3 main body is pulled out.

  FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the card unit 3 and the ball stacking display unit 401 of this embodiment. As described above, the ball stacking display unit 401 is provided with the LED modules 412a to 412e for each of the display units 402a to 402e, and has a controller 411 that controls lighting of the LED modules 412a to 412e. The controller 411 is connected to a later-described control unit 328 in the card unit 3 via an external connection I / F provided in the card unit 3, and a ball stack display output from the control unit 328 Based on the information, the controller 411 controls the lighting color and lighting state of the LED modules 412a to 412e.

  Further, as described above, the card unit 3 mainly controls each part of the bill recognition unit 321, the card reader / writer 327, the display control board 329, the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340, and the card unit 3. The control unit 328 is implemented by a control program and provides various functions of the card unit 3. The bill recognition unit 321, the card reader / writer 327, the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 and the display control board 329 are controlled. It is connected to the unit 328 and can send and receive various data.

  The card reader / writer 327 reads and writes recorded information such as a (member) card ID, a member ID (member card only), and prepaid balance data recorded on the member card and visitor card inserted from the card insertion slot 309. I do.

  The configuration of the card reader / writer 327 used in the present embodiment will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. 4. Inside the card reader / writer 327, a member card or a visitor card is inserted from the card insertion slot 309. An insertion sensor 397 for detecting that a membership card or a visitor card is being inserted, a shutter solenoid 399 for moving a shutter to block insertion of a new membership card or visitor card from the card insertion slot 309, A guide rail 398 extending from the card insertion slot 309 and slidable with a membership card or a visitor card, and a membership card or a visitor card arranged so as to sandwich the guide rail 398 and inserted into the card slot 392 , The card slot 392 and the membership card and visitor card A take-in / discharge roller 387 ′ for discharging the card from the card insertion slot 309, a drive motor 386 ′ for driving the take-in / discharge roller 387 ′, and an inward side of the card slot 392 by the take-in / discharge roller 387 ′. The movement of the taken member card or visitor card on the guide rail 398 is carried out by being driven and rotated by the drive motors 386 and 393, and one side of the transport rollers 387 and 388 is stretched. A transport mechanism comprising a transport belt 391, a solenoid 389 for raising and lowering a stop pin that stops the transported member card or visitor card at a predetermined position, or a member card or visitor card stopped at a predetermined position A communication head 390 for supplying power to the terminal and performing data communication, and a membership card connected to the communication head 390 And a communication board 327a for controlling data transmission / reception with the visitor card, and reading data from the inserted membership card or visitor card and writing to the membership card or visitor card in a non-contact state. It is possible.

  The transport roller 387 constituting the transport mechanism provided in the card reader / writer 327 of this embodiment is provided to be separated from the card insertion slot 309 by a distance substantially equal to the length dimension of one member card or visitor card. One member card or visitor card is retained (held) between the card insertion slot 309 and the transport roller 387, and another member card or visitor card is placed at a predetermined position corresponding to the communication head 390. Can be read and written, and as will be described later, when the distribution process is performed, the visitor card issued by the distribution and the member card being accepted are continuously and substantially simultaneously. If the card can be ejected from the card insertion slot 309, and if the distribution destination card is accepted in the distribution, the distribution While it held without discharging the previous card, so that can be completed writing to the distribution source of visitor card.

  A card storage section 370 capable of storing up to 10 visitor cards collected or replenished is provided at the position of the inner end of the card unit 3 of the transport belt 391 provided in the card reader / writer 327 of this embodiment. The used visitor cards can be collected, and the visitor cards stored in the card storage unit 370 can be issued as new visitor cards.

  Inside the card storage section 370 of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, a pair of transport rollers 371 driven and rotated by a drive motor 373 and a transport belt 372 stretched around the transport rollers 371. And a visitor card for moving (accommodating and discharging) the visitor card is provided, and the visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is pressed toward the transfer belt 372 via the support plate 377. A pressing spring 376 is provided.

  A swing roller 375 that swings by a solenoid 374 is provided at a substantially central portion of the transport belt 372 in the transport mechanism. When the visitor card is taken into the card storage unit 370, the swing roller 375 is swung by the solenoid 374 and comes into contact with the transport belt 372, so that the central portion of the transport belt 372 protrudes and is already stored. By pressing the card or support plate 377, a gap for newly receiving the visitor card is formed between the conveyor belt 372 and the visitor card or support plate 377. Therefore, the inserted visitor card can be smoothly stored in the card storage unit 370, and after the visitor card is taken in, the swing roller 375 returns to a position where it does not come into contact with the transport belt 372. The visitor card is stored in a state where the protrusion of the central portion of the transport belt 372 is eliminated and the transport belt 372 contacts the entire surface of the visitor card, and when the visitor card is discharged, the visitor that contacts the transport belt 372 is stored. The card is discharged to the conveyance belt 391 by moving the conveyance belt 372 in the direction opposite to that of taking in the card.

  The card storage unit 370 is provided with a card replenishment detection sensor 378 that is an optical sensor that detects that the number of visitor cards stored in the card storage unit 370 is 1 or less. A card full detection sensor 379 is provided by an optical sensor that detects that the number of visitor cards stored in the card storage unit 370 has reached 10 (full). When the card replenishment detection sensor 378 detects that the number of visitor cards has become one or less due to the absence of light reflection from the visitor card, the detection signal is output to the control unit 328, whereby the control unit 328. When the multi-function lamp 301 is turned on in a predetermined lighting mode for requesting card replenishment, the store clerk is informed that there are not enough visitor cards, and the card full detection sensor 379 indicates the number of visitor cards. When it is detected that there are 10 sheets (full tank) due to light reflection from the visitor card, the detection signal is output to the control unit 328 so that the control unit 328 can In 370, you can recognize that the visitor card is full. The visitor card without performing the recovery of terpolymers card is ejected from the card insertion opening 309.

  When the visitor card is replenished to the card storage unit 370, the visitor card with a remaining balance of 0 is sequentially inserted into the card insertion slot 309 in a state where the clerk has shifted to the card replenishment mode by operating the remote controller. These inserted visitor cards are sequentially stored in the card storage unit 370.

  Next, the control unit 328 of the present embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the control unit 328 is accepting a central processing circuit (CPU) 328a capable of executing a control program and a card reader / writer 327. (Member) card ID of visitor card and membership card, prepaid balance, number of possessed balls, number of stored balls, number of points visited, corresponding pachinko machine 2 machine data, game information of members in game, counting / fractional payout unit 340 The RAM 328b and the central processing circuit (CPU) 328a that can store various data such as the number of pachinko balls that are stored in the ball and the number of balls that are transmitted from the management computer 150 are executed. Control information, setting information including the device ID of the card unit 3, and a distribution setting screen (to be described later) 4) distribution setting information that can specify whether or not to permit the direct allocation of stored money set in 4), and the holding display display information that can specify the setting content set on the holding ball display setting screen (FIG. 25), Outputs EEPROM 328c, which is a non-volatile memory that can rewrite and store various data such as the visitor card or membership card ID that was accepted last time and the (member) card ID that is away from the desk, and the time information and calendar information at that time The RAM 328b is backed up by a battery (not shown) including a possible real-time clock (RTC) 328d, and the stored data is retained for a predetermined period even when the power is turned off.

  As described above, the control unit 328 of this embodiment is connected to the prize ball control board (not shown) provided in the pachinko machine 2 so as to be able to exchange various signals accompanying the lending of the pachinko balls. In addition, as described above, by connecting to the information output board of the pachinko machine 2 through the signal cable, various external output signals such as a big hit signal can be input.

  The control unit 328 is connected to an out ball counter 16 provided at a lower position of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 so that each count signal from the out ball counter 16 can be input. In response to the input of the count signal from the counter 16, a predetermined number corresponding to the count signal is added to the value of the total number of shot balls in a game information table (see FIG. 10B) to be described later.

  Further, the control unit 328 is connected to the counting / fractional payout unit 340, and displays it on the display unit 312 in response to the reception of the counting information output from the counting / fractional payout unit 340, as will be described later. The total number of balls counted by the counting / fractional payout unit 340 is displayed as the number of balls acquired by updating the display and value of the number of balls acquired.

  The control unit 328 is connected to a payout button switch 311 ′ corresponding to a payout button 311 provided at a position below the protrusion 305 on the front surface of the apparatus, and a signal corresponding to the operation of the payout button 311 By inputting from the button switch 311 ′, the presence / absence of the operation of the payout button 311 is grasped, and when the payout button 311 is operated, a payout process described later is performed to pay out pachinko balls corresponding to the number of payout units. While performing from the corresponding pachinko machine 2, the pachinko balls with a fraction less than the number of payout units are paid out from the counting / fractional payout unit 340.

The control unit 328 is connected to an integrated button switch 310 ′ corresponding to the integrated button 310 provided below the payout button switch 311 ′, and a signal corresponding to the operation of the integrated button 310 is transmitted to the integrated button switch 310. by being input from the 'grasps the presence or absence of an operation of integration button 310, when there operations payout button 31 1 by carrying out integration processing to be described later, in the card unit 3, is recorded in the visitor card The number of possessed balls can be integrated with the number of balls on the membership card.

  In the card table stored in the RAM 328b of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10A, the (member) card ID and member ID (read from the visitor card or member card inserted in the card reader / writer 327 are displayed. (Member card only), (member) card ID and prepaid balance based on prepaid balance data, card ID or (member) card ID and number of coins specified from member ID (1 yen, 4 yen), (member) card ID And the number of stored balls specified from the member ID (member only, 1 yen, 4 yen) and the number of store visit points specified from the member ID (member only) are stored.

  In addition, in the game information table of this embodiment stored in the RAM 328b, as shown in FIG. 10B, game information for three days including today, that is, today's data, previous day's data, and previous day's data are displayed. It is remembered. The previous day data and the previous day data are also stored in the EEPROM 328c. However, when displaying the previous day data and the previous day data, the present day data and the previous day data can be processed at a higher speed than reading from the EEPROM 328c. In the embodiment, the previous day data and the previous day data read from the EEPROM 328c in advance are stored in the game information table stored in the RAM 328b.

  In the game information table of this embodiment, the current game based on the input status of the above-mentioned big hit signal, probability changing signal, and short-time signal output from the corresponding pachinko machine 2 to the input terminals 1 to 3 (not shown). State (only today), latest game state data (input state of input terminal 1 to input terminal 3, 0: LOW / not connected, 1: HIGH, today only) from the left bit and previous game state data ( The game state data before being updated to the latest game state data (only today), the total number of hit balls, the total number of winning balls from the start of business, the number of difference balls (the total number of hit balls-the total number of winning balls) , The total number of starts, reset every time the occurrence of a big hit condition is identified, the number of start after hit that is the number of start after the occurrence of the big hit, Occurrence of probability variation state from The number of times of probability change, the number of short-time occurrences since the start of business, and the number of consecutive homes that are the number of big hits that occurred from the big hit that occurred in the normal gaming state to the next normal gaming state The game information is stored in the latest information based on the jackpot signal, probability change signal, time reduction signal, start signal, prize ball signal, and out ball count signal input to the input terminal. Updated.

  Note that today's table data aggregated and managed in these game information tables, as shown in FIG. 11, a specific data header indicating that it is a transmission data string including the table data at the head, and the card unit As a transmission data string of a predetermined format to which the device ID of 3 and the corresponding machine number of the pachinko machine 2 are assigned, in response to reception of a transmission request from the hall computer 140 (at the time of changing the gaming state) Are transmitted to the hall computer 140 and the management computer 150. The ECC in FIG. 11 is an error correction code.

  Further, in the member game information table of the present embodiment stored in the RAM 328b, as shown in FIG. 10C, game information from the time when the member card is inserted into the card reader / writer 327, that is, the insertion The game information relating to the game of the member who has the member card is stored.

  Specifically, the start time when the member started playing (member card acceptance time), the end time when the member finished playing (member card return time), the member's game time, and after the member started playing The number of start-ups, the number of jackpots that have occurred since the member started playing, the number of jackpots that have occurred since the member started playing, the number of positive changes that have occurred since the member started playing, the member has started playing The number of balls acquired from, the amount of money spent by the member for the game, the number of replay balls used for replay after the member started playing, and the number of balls used since the member started playing Is updated and stored, and the member player who is playing the game with the corresponding pachinko machine 2 can grasp game information (table data) since the game was started.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 10 (d), stored ball number data is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 328 b, and the counting / fractional payout unit 340 is stored in a later-described storage unit inside the counting / fractional payout unit 340. The number of pachinko balls that have flowed in as a result of counting is added and updated to the stored ball count data, while the number of pachinko balls that have been paid out from the counting / fractional payout unit 340 is subtracted from the stored ball count data. Thus, the number of pachinko balls currently stored in the storage unit can be specified by the stored ball number data.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 10E, a predetermined number of RAM 328b stores a number-of-balls breakdown table, and a member player who owns a membership card or a visitor card being received by the card reader / writer 327 or Breakdown of the number of balls owned by a general player (visitor player), that is, how many balls are counted by the own player, how many balls are other games of this player (this time (Games on the same day before the game), how many balls are counted by which game machine of other units, and the rate type is 1 yen It is possible to specify the breakdown of whether or not it is 4 yen.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10 (e), it is possible to store each data of the rate and the number of balls in association with the unit number, and the data stored in these number-of-balls breakdown table is When receiving a membership card or a visitor card, based on the number-of-balls breakdown data included in the acceptance processing completion notification returned from the management computer 150 in response to the card acceptance notification being transmitted to the management computer 150 It is updated (see FIG. 27).

  Further, as described above, the control unit 328 includes a remaining amount indicator provided in the operation unit 14 of the corresponding pachinko machine 2, a loan button switch for detecting the operation of the loan button, a member card and a visitor being received. A return button switch for detecting the operation of the return button operated when returning the card is connected, so that the operation of the lending button and the operation of the return button can be detected, and the display control of these remaining amount indicators is performed.

  The control unit 328 outputs various information input from the display control board 329 in response to an output from the IR light receiving unit 315 according to transmission from the remote controller, operation of various buttons provided on the protrusion 305, and operation of the touch panel. The full color provided in the multi-function lamp connected to the control unit 328 in response to the currency identification information by the banknote identification unit 321, the card insertion information from the card reader / writer 327, the visitor card storage state information, etc. 26. As shown in FIG. 26, the LED 301a and other LEDs are turned on, the card reader / writer 327, the display control board 329, the remaining amount indicator, and the like. Card acceptance processing to determine whether membership cards and visitor cards can be used Loan processing for lending using the prepaid balance based on the prepaid balance data read from the member card or visitor card being received, return processing for returning the member card or visitor card being accepted by operating the return button, money Depending on the receipt of the payment, the payment to the prepaid balance that exists (residual) on the receiving membership card or visitor card, or the issuance / payment processing to write the prepaid balance to a new visitor card, and the number of stored balls By replay processing and accepting the operation of the payout button 311, the number of held balls (including those specified by the inserted visitor card and member card) is paid out (returned) and the number of balls paid out is subtracted from the number of held balls The payout process to be updated and the transition to the away mode are made upon receipt of a signal based on the away operation on the remote control. Seating processing, distribution processing that distributes the number of balls and the number of stored balls as the number of other players and the number of stored balls by accepting the distribution operation, the number of balls of the visitor card according to the operation of the integration button 310 Integration processing for integrating (transferring) to the number of possessions of the membership card, and table data display processing for displaying the table data based on the game information accumulated in the game information table on the display unit 312 in accordance with the operation of the table data button 318 When the card receiving display is selected in the card receiving screen display, the counting / payout history corresponding to the selected ball box display is acquired from the management computer 150 and displayed on the display unit 312. -Various processes such as a payout history display process are executed.

  The control unit 328 is connected to the system controller 100, the hall computer 140, the management computer 150, etc. connected to the local area network (LAN) via the communication unit 334 and the HUB 7 so as to be able to perform data communication. These computers can send and receive various data through the communication unit 334.

  The display control board 329 connected to the control unit 328 includes a liquid crystal display 313 that forms the display unit 312, a transparent touch panel 314, various switches (a menu switch 316 a corresponding to the menu button 316, and a base data button 318. The corresponding table data switch 318a, the replay switch 319a corresponding to the replay button 319), the IR light receiving unit 315, and the electronic components such as the LED 320a provided in the replay display unit 320 are connected. Operation information on the transparent touch panel 314, operation information on various switches, and information based on the output signal output from the IR light receiving unit 315 are output to the control unit 328 via the display control board 329.

  In the display control board 329 of the present embodiment, a display driving circuit (not shown) that performs display driving of the liquid crystal display 313 and a position that is pressed based on an output signal from the transparent touch panel 314 are specified and An input position detection circuit (not shown) that outputs the specified input position information, a VDP (not shown) that performs processing related to a display image displayed on the display unit 312, a VROM that stores image data used for menu display, etc. (Not shown), VRAM (not shown) for temporarily storing display data to be displayed on the display unit 312, and determination and processing associated with inputs from various switches and touch panels, etc., independently from the control unit 328 Based on display data (page data) output from the control unit 328, etc. A display screen, and is capable of displaying on the liquid crystal display 313 constituting the display unit 312.

  The control unit 328 is connected to the counting / fractional payout unit 340 so that various data such as counting information and a fractional payout request can be transmitted and received by serial communication capable of transmitting and receiving data with a small number of communication lines.

  Here, the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 of the present embodiment will be described in detail. The counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 of the present embodiment includes the lower plate 24 of the pachinko machine 2 as shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. It is a horizontally long box disposed between the repair board 1 of the amusement island, and is connected to a recovery flow path box 348 provided at the lowest position of the card unit 3 via a connecting rod 344. Yes.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 6, the end of the connecting rod 344 bent at a right angle is attached to the connecting rod mounting port 348 ′ connected to the recovery flow path box 348 provided below the front surface of the main body of the card unit 3. Thus, the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 is positioned immediately below the lower plate 24.

  The top surface of the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 is formed with a hopper-shaped insertion portion 345 into which pachinko balls discharged from the lower plate 24 are inserted, and the front side of the card unit 3 main body ( On the left side), there is provided a return storage section 342 for storing the paid-out (returned) fractional pachinko balls so that they can be taken out.

  Further, a step portion is provided on the hitting operation handle 25 side of the counting / fractional payout unit 340 of the present embodiment, and the step portion has an elastic member on the upper surface, and the height position of the elastic member is provided. A hand placement member 343 capable of adjusting the position of the hand can be placed on the hand placement member 343 when the player operates the hitting operation handle 25. In a long game, it is possible to prevent the hand from getting tired by operating the hitting operation handle 25, but the present invention is not limited to this. 343 may not be provided.

  The counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 mainly includes an upper unit 340a constituting the upper part of the unit and a lower unit 340b constituting the lower part of the unit. The upper unit 340a is detachable from the lower unit 340b. Has been.

  The upper part of the upper unit 340a is a throwing-in part 345 having a concave shape capable of temporarily storing pachinko balls discharged from the lower plate 24.

  An inflow port 346 connected to the counting channel 347 formed in the lower unit 340b is provided at the lowest position on the bottom surface of the charging unit 345. As will be described later, the counting channel 347 is formed so as to be inclined in the direction of the connecting rod 344 so that the connecting rod 344 side is downward, and the inflow port 346 is connected to the counting channel 347. It is provided so as to open toward the rear side of the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340, which is in a direction perpendicular to the inclination direction.

  Therefore, the pachinko balls thrown into the insertion portion 345 flow into the counting channel 347 from the inflow port 346 and flow down on the counting channel 347 in the direction of the connecting rod 344. Counting is performed by a counting sensor 356 (described later) provided in the downstream portion (see FIG. 8).

  That is, a counting passage is formed by the inflow port 346 and the counting channel 347, and the direction of the inflow port 346 is provided so as to be perpendicular to the direction of the passage in the counting channel 347. Thus, it is possible to prevent the rod-shaped metal member from being inserted through these inlets 346 and reaching the counting sensor 356.

  In addition, an inclined cover portion 345 ′ formed so as to be inclined to the front side of the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 is provided at the upper portion of the counting channel 347, and the pachinko balls on the inclined cover portion 345 ′ are It flows down to the front side of the input part 345. That is, the pachinko balls thrown into the throwing portion 345 are once collected at the front side position of the throwing portion 345, and then the bottom of the throwing portion 345 has the bottom of the throwing portion 345 in which the inflow port 346 is formed. By being inclined toward the hand placement member 343 side (right side), it flows down toward the inflow port 346 and flows from the inflow port 346 toward the rear of the counting / fractioning unit 340. It has become.

  In this way, the pachinko balls put in from the lower plate 24 are once collected on the front side of the loading unit 345, so that the pachinko balls in the loading unit 345 can be easily taken out without being obstructed by the lower plate 24. This is preferable. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the inserted pachinko balls may not be collected on the front side of the input unit 345.

  The inlet 346 is provided with an inlet shutter 352 for blocking the inflow of pachinko balls from the inlet 346, and the inlet shutter 352 is released, so that A pachinko ball flows into the counting channel 347 from the inlet 346.

  In addition, the side of the upper unit 340a on the side of the connecting rod 344 (on the left side) is provided with a counting operation unit 355 that is operated by the player when counting, and by the operation in the counting operation unit 355, The inlet shutter 352 is released in response to the operation of the counting switch 355 ′ included in the counting operation unit 355.

  On the other hand, on the front surface of the lower unit 340b, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 6, a bottomed box-like return storage section 342 is provided at the end position of the connecting rod 344. A front portion of the return storage portion 342 is provided so as to protrude from the front surface of the lower unit 340b, and a take-out concave portion 342 ′ is provided at a portion of the front surface of the upper unit 340a that is an upper position of the return storage portion 342. It is provided so that the fractional pachinko balls paid out to the return storage section 342 can be easily taken out from the return storage section 342.

  Next, the structure of the lower unit 340b of a present Example is demonstrated based on FIG. FIG. 8 is a plan view of the counting / fractional dispensing unit 340 when the upper unit 340a is removed, as viewed from above, that is, a plan view of the lower unit 340b as viewed from above. As shown in FIG. 8, it mainly includes a counting channel 347, a counting module 330, an inflow channel 339, a storage unit 338, a discharge channel 337, a return channel 335, and a return storage unit 342.

  The counting channel 347 is a two-channel channel formed across the lower unit 340b in the rear part of the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 that is located immediately below the inclined cover portion 345 ′. Pachinko balls flow down in alignment toward the connecting rod 344 side.

  The counting module 330 is provided on the downstream side of the counting channel 347 and includes a counting sensor 356 for detecting and counting pachinko balls flowing down the counting channel 347.

  On the front side of the counting flow path 347, there is a storage part 338 for storing pachinko balls used for paying out pachinko balls having a fraction less than the payout unit number, and the front side of the storage part 338 has a height on the rear side. The storage portion 338 and the downstream portion of the counting module 330 are connected by an inflow passage 339 inclined toward the storage portion 338 side. The pachinko balls that have been counted by the counting sensor 356 are allowed to flow into the storage section 338 through the inflow passage 339 and be stored.

  A pachinko ball outlet 338 ′ stored in the reservoir 338 is provided at a front side position of the reservoir 338, and the outlet 338 ′ is directed toward the outlet 338 ′ in the reservoir 338. Guide grooves (not shown) formed so as to meander are provided, and the pachinko balls that have flowed into the storage portion 338 are stored in an aligned state on the guide grooves in the order of flow, The pachinko balls stored in advance are discharged from the outlet 338 ′.

  In addition, two flow paths are formed in the counting module 330, and among the two flow paths, one flow path on the front side is a flow path changing shutter at the downstream end position of the counting module 330. 351 is provided, and the flow path changing shutter 351 is projected and retracted so that the flow direction of the pachinko balls can be switched to the connecting rod 344 side or the inflow path 339 side.

  As shown in FIG. 8, a storage ball sensor 357 for detecting and counting pachinko balls flowing down the inflow passage 339 and stored in the storage portion 338 is located near the branch portion to the inflow passage 339. Is provided.

  Further, the outlet 338 ′ has the lowest height in the reservoir 338 so that the pachinko balls stored in the reservoir 338 naturally flow down toward the outlet 338 ′. The outlet 338 ′ is connected to the discharge channel 337 as shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 8, the discharge passage 337 is provided with a recess mounted on the rotation shaft of the discharge motor 353 and having a recess capable of accommodating one pachinko ball on the outer periphery thereof, as shown in FIG. A sprocket 353 ′ is arranged, and the discharge sprocket 353 ′ regulates the natural outflow of pachinko balls from the outlet 338 ′, and the discharge motor 353 is operated to rotate the discharge sprocket 353 ′. Pachinko balls that have flowed out to the outlet 338 ′ are taken into the recesses formed in the payout sprocket 353 ′ one by one and discharged into the discharge flow path 337 by the rotation of the payout sprocket 353 ′. It flows down the path 337, joins the connecting rod 344, and is collected in the card unit 3.

In the middle of the discharge flow path 337, a pachinko ball that has flowed down the discharge flow path 337 by advancing and retreating the flow dividing port 336 to the return passage 335 connected to the return storage section 342 and the flow path switching plate mounted. The flow path switching solenoid 358 capable of switching the flow path to the connecting rod side or the return path side is provided, and a discharge sprocket 353 ′ is disposed at the upstream position of the flow outlet 336 of the discharge flow path 337. A payout sensor 354 for detecting and counting the pachinko balls lifted and supplied to the discharge flow path 337 is provided, and the payout sensor 354 pays out (returns) to the player through the return passage 335. it is possible to count the number of balls, can count the pachinko balls were collected (discharged) into the card unit 3 through the connection trough 344 from the reservoir 33 8 It has become way.

  In addition, inside the lower unit 340b located below the stepped portion where the hand placement member 343 is provided, a control microcomputer or the like serving as a control unit 350 for controlling the counting / fractional dispensing unit 340 is mounted. A control board 341 is incorporated.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the control board 341 includes the flow path changing shutter 351, the inlet shutter 352, the dispensing motor 353, the dispensing sensor 354, and the counting switch 355 ′ incorporated in the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340. The counting sensor 356, the storage ball sensor 357, and the flow path switching solenoid 358 are connected, and the control board 341 is controlled to form each function of the counting / fractional dispensing unit 340.

  In addition, the control board 341 is electrically connected to the main body of the card unit 3 via a connecting rod 344.

  Specifically, a connection channel formed so as to incline from the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 toward the connection rod mounting port 348 ′ is provided inside the connection rod 344, and the connection channel The connecting rod cover 344 ′ is attached to the upper portion of the connecting rod cover, and a connecting cable is installed in the connecting rod cover 344 ′.

  A predetermined number of metal connection terminal pins 349 ′ connected to the control unit 328 or a power supply circuit (not shown) via a connection cable are provided at an upper position on the front side of the recovery flow path box 348 inside the card unit 3 body. A connection terminal portion 349 is provided.

  These connection terminal pins 349 ′ are provided so as to face the upper position of the connection rod attachment port 348 ′ attached to the connection rod 344.

  On the other hand, a terminal insertion member connected to the connection cable in the connection rod cover 344 ′ is provided at the end of the connection rod cover 344 ′ attached to the connection rod attachment port 348 ′.

  Therefore, when the connecting rod 344 is mounted in the connecting rod mounting port 348 ′, the connection terminal pin 349 ′ is inserted into the terminal insertion member, and the connection terminal pin 349 ′ and the terminal insertion member are electrically connected to each other. The control unit 328 and the control board 341 inside the main body are communicably connected, and operating power is supplied to the control board 341 from the card unit 3 main body.

  Here, the flow of the pachinko balls in the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 will be described with reference to FIG. 9. When pachinko balls are counted in a state where no pachinko balls are stored in the storage unit 338, FIG. As shown in (a), when the flow path is changed to the inflow path 339 side by the flow path changing shutter 351, the counted pachinko balls counted by the counting sensor 356 pass through the inflow path 339 into the storage unit 338. It flows into and is stored.

  At this time, the pachinko balls flowing into the inflow path 339 and the storage section 338 are detected by the storage ball sensor 357, and each time one pachinko ball is detected, the control board 341 (control section 350). On the other hand, when the detection signal is output, the number of replenishment balls, which is the number of pachinko balls flowing into the storage portion 338 and the inflow path 339 in the control board 341 (control unit 350), is counted. The replenishment ball number information including the counted replenishment ball number is transmitted to the control unit 328, whereby the replenishment ball number is added and updated to the stored ball number data. The replenishing ball number information is given the device ID of the card unit 3 by the control unit 328 and transmitted to the management computer 150, so that the replenishing ball number information is stored in the storage / dispensing history table based on the replenishing ball number information. As a storage / dispensing history corresponding to the device ID, a storage / dispensing history including the type of “storage” and the number of supplementary balls is registered.

  Specifically, from the start of input of a detection signal according to detection of a new pachinko ball by the storage ball sensor 357, the storage ball sensor 357 causes the storage portion 338 and the inflow path 339 to be filled with the pachinko balls. Count the number of detection signals that are input until the pachinko ball is detected continuously for a predetermined time or longer, or until the pachinko ball is not detected for a predetermined time or longer, and the count number is replenished. To the control unit 328, the control unit 328 adds and updates the count number included in the supplemented ball number information to the stored ball number data.

  After the inside of the reservoir 338 and the inflow path 339 are filled with pachinko balls in this way, the flow path change to the inflow path 339 side by the flow path change shutter 351 is canceled as shown in FIG. 9B. As a result, all the pachinko balls that have been counted by the counting sensor 356 flow down the connecting rod 344 and are collected in the game island via the collection flow path box 348 inside the card unit 3.

  In the state where pachinko balls are stored in the storage unit 338 in this way, when the number of pachinko balls having a fraction less than the dispensing unit, for example, 20 balls are paid out (returned), that is, as will be described later. On the other hand, when a fraction payout request including 20 balls, which is the fraction to be paid out (returned), is received from the control unit 328, the flow path is switched by the flow path switching solenoid 358 to the return path 335 as shown in FIG. And the payout motor 353 is operated until a detection signal of 20 which is the payout ball number (fraction) included in the received fraction payout request is input from the payout sensor 354, whereby the payout ball number (fractional number) ) 20 pachinko balls are supplied to the discharge channel 337, so that the 20 pachinko balls supplied to the discharge channel 337 are separated from the diversion port 336. Flows into the return passage 335, will be stored is returned to the return reservoir 342.

  When a number of detection signals corresponding to these fractions are input from the dispensing sensor 354, a fraction dispensing completion notification is transmitted to the control unit 328 as a response to the fraction dispensing request. 328 subtracts and updates 20 which is the fraction included in the fraction payout request from the stored ball count data, and transmits a payout completion notification to the management computer 150 as will be described later.

  Further, when a discharge request including the number of discharged balls, for example, 55 balls, transmitted from the control unit 328 in response to the reception of the discharge instruction from the management computer 150 is received, as shown in FIG. In addition, the discharge motor 353 is operated until a detection signal of 55, which is the number of discharged balls included in the received discharge request, is input from the discharge sensor 354 without switching to the return passage 335 of the flow path. Thus, by supplying 55 pachinko balls corresponding to the number of discharged balls to the discharge flow path 337, the 55 pachinko balls supplied to the discharge flow path 337 are connected to the inside of the connecting rod 344 and the card unit 3 main body. It is recovered in the game island through the recovery flow path box 348.

  When a number of detection signals corresponding to the number of discharged balls are input from the payout sensor 354, a discharge completion notification is transmitted to the control unit 328 as a response to the discharge request. In 328, 55, which is the number of discharged balls included and transmitted in the discharge request, is updated by subtraction from the stored ball number data.

  In addition, when the number of discharged balls included in the discharge request is the total number, the payout motor 353 is operated until no pachinko ball detection signal is input from the payout sensor 354, so that the storage unit 338 and the inflow passage 339 are operated. All the stored pachinko balls are discharged to the connecting rod 344, and the storage part 338 and the inflow path 339 are in an empty state.

  Next, the distribution device 5 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13. The distribution device 5 has a vertically long box-like appearance as shown in FIG. An operation notification lamp 503 for informing the operation status, a display device 501 formed of a liquid crystal display having a transparent touch panel 502 on the surface, a first card insertion slot 504 into which a visitor card or membership card as a distribution source is inserted, A first insertion slot LED 506 is provided corresponding to the first card insertion slot 504 and notifies the discharge of the card from the first card insertion slot 504 by blinking, etc., and a visitor card or membership card as a distribution destination is inserted. In addition, a second card insertion slot 505 from which a visitor card for a new distribution destination is issued is provided in correspondence with the second card insertion slot 505. A second insertion port LED507 for notifying by blinking the discharge or the like card from the second card slot 505 is provided.

  The display device 501 displays an operation guide for the distribution device 5, and the user can easily perform distribution by inserting a card or selecting a menu along the operation guide.

FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the distribution device 5 of the present embodiment. The device has almost the same configuration as the card reader / writer 327 (see FIG. 4) built in the card unit 3 described above. The first card reader / writer 508 is provided so as to face the first card insertion slot 504, and the second card reader / writer 509 having the same configuration as the card reader / writer 327 (see FIG. 4) It is provided so as to face the card insertion port 50 5.

  The second card reader / writer 509 has a card storage unit 370 for storing visitor cards to be issued, like the card reader / writer 327 described above, and can newly issue a visitor card as a distribution destination. On the other hand, the first card reader / writer 508 has a configuration in which the card storage unit 370 is omitted, and does not have a visitor card issuing function.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 13, the distribution device 5 includes a control unit 510 that is connected to each unit provided in the distribution device 5 and performs control for realizing various functions of the distribution device 5. The control unit 510 includes a ROM (not shown) that stores a control program in which control contents for realizing various functions of the distribution device 5 are described, and a microcomputer (CPU) that executes the control program. ) And a RAM that can be used by the microcomputer (CPU) for processing. Note that the ROM stores distribution setting information transmitted from the management computer 150, as with the card unit 3, and specifies whether or not permission for direct distribution from the number of stored balls is set by the distribution setting information. It can be done.

  The control unit 510 is connected to the above-described local area network (LAN) through the communication unit 511, and can perform data communication with the management computer 150 and the like on the local area network (LAN).

  Next, the system controller 100 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 14, the system controller 100 used in the present embodiment has a data bus 101 that transmits and receives data inside a computer, a CPU 102 that performs various processes performed by the system controller 100, a work memory, and the like. RAM 103, RTC 104 that outputs time information and calendar information, storage device 105 such as a hard disk, input device 106 such as a keyboard and mouse, display device 107 that displays and outputs various screens, and prints various information Installed in a card company, a communication unit 109 that performs data communication with a printer 108, a card unit 3 (control unit 328) connected to a local area network (LAN), a distribution device 5, a card issuing / payment machine, etc. Data communication with the management server 12 Digital service unit (DSU) 110 is connected is a conventional computer.

  In the storage device 105, in addition to a processing program in which processing contents for performing various processes executed in the system controller 100 are described, a membership card table (for managing prepaid balance remaining in the membership card) 15 (a)) and a visitor card table (see FIG. 15 (b)) for managing the prepaid balance remaining (residual) on the visitor card.

  In the member card table, as shown in FIG. 15 (a), each member card is associated with a member card ID that can be individually identified, and the member ID of the member player who has issued the member card and the prepaid The remaining amount and an unusable flag indicating whether or not the member card is unusable are stored, and the prepaid balance or the use of the member card can be used from the member card ID or member ID stored in the member card. Can be specified.

  In the visitor card table, as shown in FIG. 15B, each visitor card is associated with a card ID that can be individually identified, and the status of the visitor card (whether it is being used or stored). ), The latest issuance date and time when the prepaid card was issued, the prepaid balance, and an unusable flag indicating whether or not the card is unusable are stored in the visitor card. The prepaid balance, the availability of the visitor card, and the latest issue date and time can be specified from the card ID.

  The system controller 100 (CPU 102) of the present embodiment transmits the device ID of the card unit 3 and the received membership card or visitor transmitted from each card unit 3 in response to acceptance of the membership card or visitor card in the card unit 3. In response to receipt of a card acceptance notification including the (member) card ID read from the card and the prepaid balance, a card acceptance process is performed for determining whether or not the member card or visitor card can be used and returning the card to the card unit 3.

  Further, the system controller 100 (CPU 102) of the present embodiment is included in the received lending completion notification in response to reception of a lending completion notification (to be described later) transmitted along with the lending processing in the card unit 3 (member). A subtraction update process for subtracting and updating the tax-included use amount included in the lending completion notice from the prepaid balance stored in the member card table or visitor card table corresponding to the card ID is performed.

  In addition, the system controller 100 (CPU 102) of the present embodiment receives the received card in response to receipt of a card deposit notification (to be described later) transmitted in accordance with the issuance / payment processing in the card unit 3 or the card issuance / payment machine. Corresponding to the (member) card ID included in the payment notification, a payment update process is performed to add and update the payment amount included in the card payment notification to the prepaid balance stored in the member card table or visitor card table.

  In addition, the system controller 100 (CPU 102) of the present embodiment responds to the receipt of the distribution issue notification transmitted from the card unit 3 or the distribution device 5 with the issuance of the visitor card in the card unit 3 or the distribution device 5. Corresponding to the card ID included in the received distribution issue notification, “0” is stored in the prepaid balance stored in the visitor card table, and update processing for updating the status and the latest issue date data is performed.

  Next, the management computer 150 of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 16, the management computer 150 used in the present embodiment is connected to a data bus 151 for transmitting and receiving data inside the computer, and a central processing unit (for performing various processes performed by the management computer 150). CPU) 152, RAM 153 used as a work memory, real-time clock (RTC) 154 that outputs time information and calendar information, a storage device 155 including a hard disk, an input device 156 such as a keyboard and a mouse, and various screens are displayed. A display device 157 for outputting, a printer 158 for printing various information, and a communication unit 159 for performing data communication with the card unit 3, the sorting device 5 and the gift exchange POS terminal 170 connected to the local area network (LAN) are connected. Is a normal computer.

  In the storage device 155, in addition to a processing program in which processing contents for performing various processing executed in the management computer 150 are described, on the business day, which is the number of saving balls owned by a member player possessing a membership card A member savings management table (see FIG. 17 (a)) for managing the number of possessions acquired by the member player and the number of savings acquired by the member player before the business day, and recorded on the visitor card The visitor saving management table (see FIG. 17B) for managing the number of possessions acquired on the business day by the player possessing the visitor card, the member saving management table, and the visitor saving management table With respect to the number of possessed balls, the possessed ball type table for managing the type (breakdown) of the number of balls included in each number of held balls (FIG. 1) Reference), a unit management table (see FIG. 19A) for managing the current number of balls in each card unit 3 in the amusement hall and the cards being received by each card unit 3, and each card unit A storage / payout history table (see FIG. 19B) for managing the number of existing storages stored in the storage unit 338 at that time, the storage history from the storage unit 338, and the payout history; The distribution history table (see FIG. 20) that stores and manages the distribution history that has been distributed in the game, the count of each player who has a visitor card or membership card, and a count / payout history for managing the payout history Table (see FIG. 21) and an integrated history table (see FIG. 22) in which the integrated history that has been integrated in the game hall is stored and managed And a member information table (see FIG. 23 (a)) in which member information relating to the member player who owns the member card is stored, and for each member ID that can identify the member player, game information of the member player is stored. A member-specific game history table (see FIG. 23B) and a hyena notification information table (see FIG. 50) in which game histories are stored are stored.

  In the member saving management table, as shown in FIG. 17 (a), a member ID which is member identification information which can be associated with each member card ID and which can individually identify the member player who has issued the member card. And the total number of balls acquired by the member player on that business day, which is the number of balls that have not been used for game or prize exchange, Is the total number of balls earned before the business day, and the number of balls of 4 yen and 1 yen that are unused for the game or prize exchange is stored and stored in the membership card. From the membership card ID or membership ID, it is possible to specify the number of possessed balls and the number of stored balls at each rate, which is the number of stored balls owned by the member player.

  Note that the number of balls managed in the member savings management table is managed as the number of balls held only on that business day, and the number of balls in the member savings management table in the closing process after the end of business is the number of balls After being updated, everything is reset.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 17B, the visitor saving management table associates each visitor card with a card ID that can be individually identified, and possesses the latest issue date and time of the visitor card and the visitor card. The total number of balls that the player has earned on the day of the business and the number of balls that are unused for the game or prize exchange are stored, and the number of balls held by the player is stored in the visitor card. From the stored card ID, the number of balls possessed by each player can be specified. In the present embodiment, the rate type of the number of possessed balls is 1 yen based on the 1 yen / ball and 4 yen / ball, which are the pachinko ball lending rate types in the gaming machine from which the number of balls is acquired. Although the number of balls and the number of balls held by 4 yen are not limited to this, the rate type of the number of balls held is a pachinko ball lending rate other than 1 yen / ball and 4 yen / ball. If it exists, the rate type corresponding to the rate other than the number of balls with 1 yen and the number of balls with 4 yen may be selected.

  In addition, the number of balls managed in the visitor savings management table is valid only on the day of business, and all the existing balls in the visitor savings management table are reset in the closing process after the end of business. , Disabled. In addition, when the number of possessions before the day is recorded on the visitor card, the number of possessions is erased as invalid.

  As shown in FIG. 18, the possessed ball type table is used on the business day, and is associated with the card ID of the membership card and the visitor card that have the number of retained balls. In the case of the number of balls acquired by the machine 2, each acquired number of balls, and the machine number and rate of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 for which the number of balls is counted are stored. Thus, the type (breakdown) of the number of balls included in the number of possessed balls is managed. In the present embodiment, as described above, the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 in which the number of balls is counted is used, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead of the unit number, the device ID of the card unit 3 in which the number of possessed balls is counted may be used.

  Note that the number of balls managed in these ball type tables corresponds to the corresponding machine number by counting pachinko balls in the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 connected to the card unit 3. When the number of balls to be updated is updated, and the payout using the number of balls is performed, the number of balls corresponding to the predetermined rule, specifically, the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that has been paid out If there is, the number of balls, the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that has been paid out (or the machine ID of the card unit 3 that has been paid out if the machine ID is used instead of the machine number as described above. ) If there is no number of possession balls corresponding to), the number of possession balls ("000" is stored as the unit number), and if there is no number of possession balls, the lowest is stored The number of balls paid out is subtracted from the number of balls held and updated. That. That is, in the possession type table, the breakdown of the number of possessions of each player is managed collectively for each unit number, and the number of possessions of the classification data of the lower unit number is subtracted by use and “0” is obtained. Is deleted from the possessed ball type table.

  In addition, when integration processing is performed as will be described later, the breakdown data corresponding to the card ID of the visitor card to be integrated is deleted from the possession type table, but the card ID of the membership card of the integration destination By being migrated to the corresponding breakdown data and managed, it is possible to identify the breakdown of the integrated number of coins even if they are integrated.

  In the unit management table, as shown in FIG. 19A, the local IP address of the card unit 3 is stored in association with the device ID uniquely assigned to each card unit 3 installed in the game hall. A local IP, an island where the island number of the game island where the card unit 3 is installed are stored, a situation where the card unit 3 is receiving a card or is waiting, and The corresponding machine number in which the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 is stored, and the lending rate for lending the pachinko ball used in the pachinko machine 2 (either 4 yen / ball or 1 yen / ball) , The reception ID for storing the card ID of the member card or visitor card being received, the number of balls of each card unit 3 at that time, and the corresponding pachinko machine 2 Various table data from the start of sales are stored, and these table data include the total number of starts, the number of big hits, the number of probability changes, the total number of shots, the total number of winning balls, the number of difference balls, and each big hit TSn (n is an integer, the number of start times of big boots) that is the number of start times of symbol variation in the special figure variable display section 28 during the occurrence of the error is stored, and these stand data are transmitted from each card unit 3 The management data update process (see FIG. 52), which will be described later, is executed in response to the reception of the transmission data string and the reception of the number-of-balls update request, etc., so that the update is performed sequentially.

  As shown in FIG. 19B, the storage / payout history table is linked to the card unit 3 in association with the device ID uniquely assigned to each card unit 3 installed in the game hall. The number of pachinko balls currently stored in the storage unit 338 inside the counting / fractional payout unit 340 is stored together with the current storage number, the type of whether it is date, storage or discharge (including discharge), storage or discharge In the case where the number of balls that have been stored and the type is storage, a storage / dispensing history is stored that includes the number of pachinko balls that are present (remaining) in the storage unit 338 out of the number of stored balls. The number of pachinko balls stored in the storage section 338 of each card unit 3 can be specified at that time, and the time when the pachinko balls are stored or dispensed It has been cut way.

  In addition, when the storage / dispensing history of the type “dispensing” is newly registered, the number of balls included in the newly registered “dispensing” storage / dispensing history is set to the oldest type “storage”. Subtraction update from the existing number of storage / dispensing histories (if the number of existing items is small, the subtraction update is performed in order from the oldest history in order), and the number of existing items becomes zero and the number of existing items is zero. All the previous history is deleted, and in this way, the pachinko that has been stored in the storage unit 338 for the longest by the storage / dispensing history of the oldest type is “storage”. The storage period of the balls can be specified, and the storage periods of the pachinko balls existing in the storage unit 338 can also be specified.

  In the distribution history table, as shown in FIG. 20, the date when the distribution is performed, the device ID of the card unit 3 or the distribution device 5 on which the distribution is performed, the card ID of the distribution source card, the distribution destination Issuance of the card ID of the card and whether the visitor card is issued when the distribution destination is a visitor card, the number of allocated balls that are the number of allocated balls, and the number of allocated balls A distribution history comprising the number of distributed storage balls, the number of commission balls collected in the distribution (the number of stored balls), and usage acceptance indicating whether or not the distribution destination card is received by the card unit 3 after the distribution In this embodiment, the distribution history for one month, which is the maximum period that can be selected as the aggregation target period on the distribution setting screen described later, is stored. To have.

  As data stored in “issue”, “1” is stored when a visitor card is issued, and “0” is stored when no visitor card is issued. Further, as data stored in “use acceptance”, “1” is stored when it has been accepted, and “0” is stored when it has not been accepted.

  As described above, in this embodiment, the distribution history tables indicate the total number of pachinko balls distributed in the game hall for a predetermined period, for example, one day, and the distribution holding balls of all the history in which the date of the day is stored. The number and the number of distributed storage balls can be specified by summing the number and the number of distributed storage balls, and similarly, the same card ID is stored in the distribution source card and the number of distributed holding balls and the number of distributed storage balls in all the histories in which the date of the day is stored. The total number of pachinko balls distributed on the day can be specified from the distribution source card, and the same card ID is stored in the distribution destination card, and all the dates stored on the day are stored. The total number of pachinko balls distributed on the same day can be specified for the distribution destination card by summing the number of balls that have been distributed and the number of balls that have been distributed. It has become way.

  In the counting / dispensing history table, as shown in FIG. 21, the membership card and the visitor card are received and discharged in association with the card ID of the membership card and the visitor card received on the business day. The card number corresponding to the card unit 3 that has been counted, distributed, and integrated, the rate type in the pachinko machine 2 with the card number, the time at which acceptance, discharge, distribution, counting, or payout was performed, acceptance, discharge, counting, or payout Alternatively, the processing type of distribution, the number of processed balls that are counted or paid out or distributed, and the counting / dispensing history consisting of the number of new balls after the processing are stored. A detailed history of changes and a history of the movement of the player carrying each card are managed, and these histories are stored in the card unit 3 as will be described later. Player Te is adapted to be confirmed.

  In the present embodiment, the number of possessed balls also increases (changes) due to the allocation, and it is preferable that the player can also check these changes in the card unit 3. When the player confirms the counting / dispensing history, the distribution history is stored in the counting / dispensing history table together with the sorting history table so that the card unit 3 can promptly transmit and display it. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The distribution history table is stored only in the distribution history table, and when the counting / dispensing history is transmitted to the card unit 3, the distribution history table is stored in the distribution history table. Referring to the distribution history including the same membership card ID, the counting / payout history including the specified distribution history is transmitted. It may be so.

  In addition, in the counting / dispensing history table of this embodiment, the history of accepting and discharging the membership card and the visitor card is stored, for example, a game is performed by paying out the number of balls, but a big hit occurs. By ending the game without paying, the pachinko machine 2 was not counted and the player number or member card or visitor card was inserted, and the game was executed using only the prepaid balance. The number of pachinko machines 2 for which the number of pachinko machines 2 was not paid out or the number of pachinko balls was not counted, and the pachinko machines were counted as pachinko machines were hit by a big hit. Although all numbers can be specified, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is sufficient that at least the previous game machine for which the counting was performed can be specified.

  In addition, the counting / dispensing history table of the present embodiment also deletes the history data corresponding to the card ID of the visitor card to be integrated, when the integration processing described later is performed, as in the case of the possessed ball type table described above. However, it is possible to identify the integrated counting / dispensing history of the number of possessed balls even if they are integrated by managing the history data corresponding to the card ID of the member card of the integration destination. Yes.

  In the integration history table, as shown in FIG. 22, the date and time when the integration was performed, the device ID of the card unit 3 on which the integration was performed, the card ID of the integration visitor card, and the membership card of the integration destination An integrated history consisting of a card ID, an integrated number of balls (4 yen) and an integrated number of balls (1 yen), which is the number of integrated balls, is stored. In this embodiment, an integrated history of one month is stored. It has come to be remembered.

  As shown in FIG. 23 (a), the member information table is associated with the member ID of the member player who owns the member card, and the personal identification number and one day according to the reception of the member card. Membership consisting of store visit points where the predetermined store visit points are added and updated once, rank based on store visit status, member's name (last name and name), gender, age, birthday, occupation, address, e-mail address Attribute information (personal information) is registered.

  In the member-specific game history table, as shown in FIG. 23 (b), for each member ID, the game history of the member player, specifically, the date of visit to the store, the pachinko machine 2 where the game was played. Number, model name, rate, game start time (time), game end time (time), game time from game start to end, number of starts, number of bonuses, number of probability fluctuations (number of probability changes), number of balls acquired , A game history consisting of the spending amount, the number of replay balls, and the number of used balls is stored. The visit date of the member-specific game history table stores the date when the game history is stored based on the calendar information output from the RTC 154, and the game start time, game end time, game time, start count, The game history of the number of bonuses, the number of chances of change, the number of balls acquired, and the amount of money spent is stored based on member game history data transmitted from the card unit 3 when the member card is returned via the counting / payout unit 4.

  Here, the distribution setting that can be performed by the management computer 150 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 24A. The management computer 150 according to the present embodiment uses the card unit 3 and the distribution device 5 in the game hall. Various settings relating to the restrictions on distribution performed in this way are made possible on the distribution setting screen shown in FIG.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 24 (a), the contents of these restrictions include a restriction on the total number of distribution in the entire game hall, a restriction on the total number distributed from one visitor card or membership card, There are restrictions on the total number allocated to visitor cards or membership cards, restrictions on re-assignment before the card is accepted by the card unit 3 after distribution of 1, and restrictions on direct distribution based on the number of stored balls. The contents of each restriction can be set to contents desired by the game hall.

  As shown in FIG. 24A, the distribution setting screen of this embodiment is provided with a setting item “Aggregation target period” at the upper position of the screen, and is compared with the contents to be restricted on the distribution setting screen. You can now specify the period for which data to be collected is aggregated.

  For example, if you want to limit the total number of distributions during the time period, for example, from the start of business to 15:00, you can select the content from “15:00 from the start of business” and want to limit it on a daily basis. In this case, it is only necessary to select “one day” in the setting item of the “summation target period”, and if it is desired to limit in one week unit, ”Can be selected.

  In the present embodiment, all items that limit the total period are common, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the total period, distribution source upper limit, distribution destination Each of the upper limit restrictions may be set individually.

  In the distribution total number limit item, as shown in FIG. 24A, a check box for selecting execution / non-execution of the distribution total number limitation is provided, and an input unit for inputting the total number to be limited is provided. When the restriction on the total number of sorting is performed, the check box corresponding to “Yes” is selected and checked, and the value of the total number to be restricted (upper limit value) may be input to the input unit.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 24A, a check box for selecting execution / non-execution of the distribution source upper limit is provided in the item of distribution source upper limit, and the total number to be limited is input. There are input sections for each member card and visitor card, and when the distribution source upper limit is enforced, select the check box corresponding to “Yes” and check each card. It is only necessary to input the total value (upper limit value) to be limited to the input unit to be performed.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 24A, a check box for selecting execution / non-execution of the distribution destination upper limit restriction is provided in the item of the distribution destination upper limit restriction, and the total number to be restricted is input. There are separate input sections for each member card and visitor card. If you want to limit the distribution destination upper limit, select the check box corresponding to “Yes” and check each card. It is only necessary to input the total value (upper limit value) to be limited to the input unit to be performed.

  In addition, a check box for selecting execution / non-execution of the continuous distribution restriction is provided in the item of the continuous distribution restriction, and the card of the distribution destination at the time of one distribution is a card unit. “When” is performed when restricting the execution of another distribution before inserting into the card unit 3, that is, when limiting a plurality of distributions before inserting into the card unit 3 and performing the receiving. Select the check box corresponding to the check box, and if you want to allow multiple sorting before inserting into the card unit 3 and accepting it, select the check box corresponding to "No" and check Just do it.

  In this way, when continuous distribution restriction is implemented, the distribution frequency cannot be re-executed unless the distribution-destination card is inserted into the card unit and accepted. In the case where the continuous distribution restriction is not performed, that is, when continuous distribution is allowed, the distribution destination player is continuously assigned from a plurality of distribution source players. The distribution can be received, and the convenience of the player can be improved.

  In addition, in the item of direct allocation of stored balls, a check box for selecting whether or not to permit direct allocation based on the number of stored balls owned by member players, that is, whether or not to implement direct allocation restrictions based on the number of stored balls If you want to allow direct distribution from the number of stored balls, you can check by selecting the check box corresponding to `` permitted '', if you do not allow direct distribution from the number of stored balls, Select the check box corresponding to “non-permitted”.

  As described above, after specifying and inputting the desired setting contents in each setting item, by selecting and inputting the “setting” selection input section provided at the bottom of the distribution setting screen, the distribution setting screen is displayed. The setting contents are updated and stored. Note that when a “reset” selection input section provided at the bottom of the distribution setting screen is selected and input, the content of each item on the screen is initialized to a predetermined default state.

  Then, in response to the selection input unit of “setting” being selected and input as described above, the management computer 150 stores the distribution setting information that can specify the setting contents in the item of direct allocation of stored money on the distribution setting screen. The distribution setting information stored in the EEPROM 328c of each card unit 3 or the control unit 510 (ROM) of the distribution device 5 is updated to the transmitted distribution setting information.

  In addition, the management computer 150 of this embodiment has a function of causing the storage unit 338 of each card unit 3 to discharge pachinko balls stored after a preset upper limit period. Settings such as an upper limit period for discharging can be performed on the stored ball discharge setting screen shown in FIG.

  In the storage ball discharge setting screen of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 24 (b), the setting item of the storage upper limit period for designating the upper limit period and the determination whether or not the upper limit period is exceeded are performed. The item of the determination time for designating the time to perform, and any discharge form of the form that discharges only the pachinko balls that exceed the upper limit period or the form that discharges all the pachinko balls stored in the storage unit 338 The item of the discharge form for specifying whether or not, and when discharging, the card unit that has performed the discharging indicates that it is necessary to replenish pachinko balls to the storage unit 338 by discharging. 3, a discharge notification item for designating whether or not to perform discharge notification to be notified, and a notification time item for designating the execution time for performing these discharge notifications are provided.

  For each of these items, after selecting the desired content, by selecting and inputting the “setting” selection input section provided below the stored ball discharge setting screen, the setting content of the stored ball discharge setting screen Is updated and stored. Note that, when a “reset” selection input section provided at the bottom of the stored ball discharge setting screen is selected and input, the contents of each item on the screen are initialized to a predetermined default state.

  Here, the pachinko balls stored in the storage section 338 of each card unit 3 are discharged, for example, when the storage ball discharge setting screen is set as shown in FIG. In brief, the management computer 150 sets the storage ball discharge setting screen at the time when the determination time of the storage ball discharge setting screen comes, that is, at the time of the business end process (tightening process). The card unit 3 in which pachinko balls are stored exceeding the storage upper limit period of 3 days is specified based on the data stored in the storage / payout history table (see FIG. 19B). .

  Specifically, the number of existing storages and the date of the oldest storage / dispensing history whose type is “storage” is higher than “3 days”, which is the upper limit period set in the storage upper limit period item. Whether or not it is the previous one, that is, the device ID of the card unit 3 that includes a date older than the date three days ago and that stores the storage / dispensing history of the type “storage”, transmits the discharge instruction. Extract all as targets.

  When “all” is selected as the discharge mode, a discharge instruction including the total number of discharged balls is transmitted to the card units 3 of all the extracted device IDs.

  In response to the reception of the discharge instruction, the card unit 3 discharges the control unit 328 including the total number of discharged balls from the control unit 328 to the control board 341 (control unit 350) of the counting / fractional payout unit 340 as described above. By transmitting the request, all the pachinko balls stored in the storage part 338 and the inflow path 339 are discharged to the connecting rod 344, and the storage part 338 and the inflow path 339 are emptied. In addition, when the number of existing storages becomes “0” due to this discharge, all the storage / payout histories stored corresponding to the device IDs of the card units 3 that have performed these discharges are erased.

  In addition, when “excessive period balls only” is selected as the discharge mode, the number of pachinko balls that have exceeded the period (number of excess period balls) is specified for each card unit 3 of each extracted device ID. Then, a discharge instruction including the specified number of balls over the specified period as the number of discharged balls is transmitted.

  The number of balls that exceed the period is all of the history that includes the date before the upper limit period of “3 days” in the storage / dispensing history that includes the type of storage that is stored corresponding to each extracted device ID. It is specified by specifying and totaling the number of existence in the specified storage / dispensing history.

As described above, the card unit 3 counts from the control unit 328 in response to the discharge instruction including the specified number of excess balls as the number of discharged balls being transmitted to the card unit 3. -By sending a discharge request including the number of balls over the period, which is the number of balls to be discharged, to the control board 341 (control unit 350) of the fraction dispensing unit 340, the old in the inflow path 339 and the guide groove of the storage unit 338 Of the pachinko balls stored in the state of being arranged in order, only the number of over-period balls stored in the area close to the outlet 338 ′ as the leading portion is counted and discharged to the connecting rod 344. In addition, as a result of this discharge, a new storage / payout history including the date, the number of balls that have been discharged, and the type of “payout” is newly registered, as described above, before the upper limit period. As the number of existences in the storage / dispensing history of the storage type “0” becomes “0”, the storage / dispensing history in which the existence number has become “0”, as well as the storage / dispensing in which these types are “0”. All the storage / dispensing histories in which the types older than the history are paid out are deleted.

  Then, the device ID extracted as the transmission target of the discharge instruction is registered as the card unit 3 to be discharged and is notified at the notification time on the stored ball discharge setting screen, that is, before the business disclosure (opening process). At this time, by transmitting a discharge notification instruction to the card unit 3 of the device ID registered as the discharge notification target, the pachinko stored in the display unit 312 of the card unit 3 that has received the discharge notification instruction. By displaying the discharge notification message that the ball is discharged and the storage unit 338 needs to be replenished with the pachinko ball, it is notified that the stored pachinko ball has been discharged.

  In response to the display of the discharge notification message, the attendant at the game hall operates the remote controller (not shown) to carry out the added reserve mode operation to shift the card unit 3 to the added reserve mode and refill the pachinko machine. By operating the counting operation unit 355 after the balls are inserted into the insertion unit 345, the inserted pachinko balls are stored in the storage unit 338 without being added to the number of balls, and the pachinko balls are replenished. The After the replenishment, the clerk operates the remote controller again to cancel the added reserve mode and return to the normal mode.

  Along with this discharge notification message, the number of pachinko balls required for replenishment, that is, the number of balls that can be newly stored is specified and displayed from the difference between the number of stored balls and the maximum number of stored balls at that time. Anyway.

  Further, in the management computer 150 of this embodiment, various settings relating to the ball display in each card unit 3 can be performed on the ball display setting screen shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 25, in the possessed ball display setting screen of the present embodiment, an item of “setting target table” for designating the card unit 3 to be set and the type of display unit displayed on the display unit 312. In order to specify various display specifications, such as whether to display the number of unit balls that the display unit corresponds to, and whether or not to display the number of rounds and other units and the number of balls in the distribution Item “display specification” and a selection input unit for “cancel” and “setting” are provided at the bottom of the screen.

  As shown in FIG. 25, the “set target” item includes an “island unit” menu, a “model unit” menu, a “unit unit” menu, and a “rate unit” menu. The card unit 3 whose setting is to be changed can be designated for each unit. In other words, if you want to change the settings of all card units 3 installed on the same island, check the “island unit” menu and specify the island number. If you want to change the settings of all the corresponding card units 3, check the “model unit” menu and specify the model, and set all the card units 3 that correspond to pachinko machines of the same rate. If you want to change the card unit, check the “Rate unit” menu and specify the rate. All settings of the card unit 3 corresponding to a pachinko machine with a certain range of machine numbers (or even one machine) If you want to change it, you can check the "unit basis" menu and specify the upper and lower limits of the unit number.

  In the “display unit” item, as shown in FIG. 25, a unit type 1 menu and a unit type 2 menu are provided. In each of these unit types, the unit type displayed on the display unit 312 is displayed. As well as what unit is used, the number of unit balls for conversion into the unit type display can be designated for each unit type.

  As these unit types, in this embodiment, as shown as a pop-up menu in FIG. 25, “dollar box 1” whose display size is relatively small and “dollar box 2” whose display size is relatively large. Units such as “special prize 1” whose display size is relatively small and “special prize 2” whose display size is relatively large can be selected. Of these, by selecting and specifying the unit type to be used in the card unit 3, and by specifying the number of unit balls of the unit type, the number obtained by dividing the number of possessed balls by the specified number of unit balls, for example, “ The display of “dollar box 1” is displayed on the display unit 312.

  Depending on the size of the specified unit ball, when a large number of balls are acquired, a very large number of unit types such as “dollar box 1” is displayed, and the number of acquired balls Since there is a possibility that the amount becomes difficult to grasp, it is possible to select a plurality of unit balls and unit types (“dollar box 1”, “dollar box 2”...) Corresponding to each unit ball number.

  As shown in FIG. 25, the items of “display specification” include “fraction display”, “other display”, “divided individual display”, “individual rate display”, “own unit summary display”, “other units”. Corresponding to each menu of “Summary display” and each menu, “Yes” and “No” check boxes are provided.

  This “fraction display” menu is used to indicate whether or not to display corresponding to the number of balls in the card unit 3 when the number of balls in the card unit 3 is less than the number of unit balls corresponding to the unit type. If you want to display the number corresponding to the number of remaining balls, check “Yes”, and if you do not want to display the number corresponding to the number of held balls, check “No” good.

  In addition, in the “display other units” menu, in addition to displaying the number of possessions of the own unit in the card unit 3, whether or not the number of possessions acquired in other pachinko machines 2 other than the own unit is displayed according to unit type. If you want to display the number of balls you have acquired in other pachinko machines 2 other than your own by the type of unit, check "Yes", otherwise check "No" good. In the present embodiment, the number of balls distributed from other players by the distribution process described later is also included in the number of balls acquired in other pachinko machines 2 other than the own player, When “Yes” is checked in “”, if the number of balls to be distributed exists, the number of balls to be distributed is displayed by unit type as the number of balls acquired in the other pachinko machine 2 other than the own base.

  In addition, the “distribution individual display” menu is used to specify whether or not to display the number of allocated balls in the card unit 3 separately from the other number of balls according to the unit type. When displaying the number of held balls by unit type, check “Yes”, and when not, check “No”.

  In addition, the “individual rate display” menu is used to specify whether or not the number of possessed balls is individually displayed for each rate type of the number of possessed balls in the card unit 3, and is individually displayed for each rate type. If you do, check "Yes". If you don't, check "No".

  In addition, the “self-unit summary display” menu is displayed as a breakdown of the number of balls in the card unit 3, and the number of balls acquired in the game in the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3, that is, When there are multiple counted balls, it is specified whether all these balls are added together and displayed as the number of balls in the table. If you want to display the number of balls together, check “Yes”. If you do not want to check it, check “No”.

  In addition, the “other unit summary display” menu is used for the card unit 3 as a breakdown of the number of possession balls, which is not the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3, but is acquired by a game in another pachinko machine 2. If there are multiple balls, that is, the number of balls counted on other units, specify whether or not to display all these units together as the number of balls on other units. If you want to display the number of balls in other units as a whole, check “Yes”. If not, check “No”. Note that these “Other unit display” menus are linked with the “Other unit display” menu so that they cannot be selected if “Yes” is not checked in the “Other unit display” menu. ing.

  As described above, after specifying / inputting desired setting contents in each setting item, by selecting and inputting the “setting” selection input section provided at the bottom of the holding display setting screen, the holding ball The setting contents of the display setting screen are updated and stored. Note that, when a “reset” selection input section provided at the bottom of the holding ball display setting screen is selected and input, the content of each item on the screen is initialized to a predetermined default state.

  Then, in response to the selection input unit of “setting” being selected and input as described above, the management computer 150 sets the ball display setting information that can specify the setting content on the ball display setting screen as the setting target. To each card unit 3 specified in the above, and the ball display setting stored in the EEPROM 328c of each card unit 3 is updated to the transmitted ball display setting, so that The ball display based on the set content is performed in each designated card unit 3.

  In addition, the management computer 150 of this embodiment uses the distribution history including the device ID of the card unit 3 subjected to the distribution process stored in the distribution history table, and member information such as store visit points stored in the member information table. Etc. are transmitted to the system controller 100 and the hall computer 140, and halls used by the game hall staff to check the game information of the pachinko machine 2 and the video of the surveillance camera in the game hall. In the computer 140, information on the distribution history and member information can be confirmed.

  The information providing function will be described with reference to FIG. 40A, taking as an example the case where distribution history information is provided. First, when a predetermined operation for displaying the distribution history is performed in the hall computer 140, The hall computer 140 identifies the date / time information of the latest distribution history among the distribution histories already acquired and stored from the management computer 150, and includes the distribution history including the date / time information of the identified latest distribution history. The request is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to reception of the distribution history request, the management computer 150 identifies a distribution history including date and time information after the date and time information included in the received distribution history request as an unsent history, and all the identified unsent histories are assigned to the distribution history. It is read from the table and returned to the hall computer 140 as distribution history information.

  In response to receiving the distribution history information, the hall computer 140 additionally registers the received distribution history in the already stored distribution history, and includes a list of distribution history including the additionally registered distribution history, A list including display of device IDs that have been subjected to the distribution process included in the distribution history is displayed.

  In this way, when data or an image suspected of abnormality is found in the confirmation of game information of the pachinko machine 2 or the confirmation of the video of the surveillance camera, it is determined whether or not these are abnormal. Therefore, the hall computer 140 can quickly browse information on the distribution history including the display of the device ID that has been subjected to the distribution process, so that these determinations can be made quickly and accurately while identifying the card unit 3 that has been subjected to the distribution process. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the management computer 150 may not have such a distribution history providing function.

  The management computer 150 according to the present embodiment also uses the system controller 100 and the integrated history including the device ID of the card unit 3 subjected to the integration processing stored in the integration history table as one of the information providing functions. It can be transmitted to the hall computer 140.

  The function for providing the integrated history will be described with reference to FIG. 40B. For example, when a predetermined operation for displaying the integrated history is performed in the hall computer 140, the hall computer 140 manages the integrated history request. Send to computer 150.

  In response to the reception of the integration history request, the management computer 150 reads all of today's integration histories stored in the integration history table and returns them to the hall computer 140 as integration history information.

  In response to receiving the integrated history information, the hall computer 140 displays a list of received integrated histories including a display of the device IDs of the card units 3 subjected to the integrated processing included in each integrated history. .

  In this way, when data or an image suspected of abnormality is found in the confirmation of game information of the pachinko machine 2 or the confirmation of the video of the surveillance camera, it is determined whether or not these are abnormal. For this reason, the information on the integration history including the display of the device ID on which the integration processing has been performed can be quickly viewed on the hall computer 140, so that these determinations can be made quickly and accurately while identifying the card unit 3 on which the integration processing has been performed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the management computer 150 may not have the integrated history providing function. In the present embodiment, all of the integration history of today is provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and includes the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that is suspected of being abnormal in the hall computer 140. In response to the reception of the integrated history request, the management computer 150 extracts from the integrated history table only the integrated history including the device ID of the card unit 3 corresponding to the pachinko machine 2 with the serial number included in the received integrated history request. Then, it may be provided to the hall computer 140.

  Hereinafter, the operation of the card unit 3 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

  First, the control unit 328 of the card unit 3 is activated by turning on the power to the card unit 3, thereby performing the activation process of Sb1, initializing various tables, checking the connection status of each unit, and system controller. 100, hall computer 140, management computer 150 connection confirmation request transmission and each setting data based on the setting information returned from system controller 100, hall computer 140, management computer 150 in response to the connection confirmation request transmission Set initial values, etc.

  Then, after the activation process is completed, the process of Sb2 to Sb13 is performed to accept the card, which is the insertion of the member card or visitor card into the card insertion slot 309, and the rental button by the player (member or visitor) Operation, cash acceptance by inserting a bill from the bill insertion slot 302, operation of a return button by a player, operation of a replay button 319 (reception of replay operation information from the display control board 329), operation of a payout button 311, An operation of leaving a seat using a remote control owned by a staff member (reception of leaving operation information from the display control board 329), a selection operation of a sorting menu by a player (reception of sorting operation information from the display control board 329), an integration button 310 Operation, operation of stand data button 318, counting / payout history operation (display system) Receiving counting-dispensing history operation information from the substrate 329), reception of the main menu display operation information from an operation of the menu button 316 (display control board 329), a standby state for detecting a.

  The control unit 328 monitors the reception of the counting information transmitted from the counting / fractioning unit 340 in parallel with the normal processing shown in FIG. 26 after the start processing of Sb1. Processing, monitoring the elapsed time from the return of the card until the previous card ID is deleted, monitoring the time-up of the previous card ID deletion timer, and until the visitor card is collected until the hyena setting is canceled A process for monitoring the time-up of the high-enabling-cancellation grace timer for determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed, a process for monitoring the reception of hyena information transmitted from the management computer 150, and an added reservation mode operation in the remote controller In accordance with the process of monitoring the reception of the addition reservation request transmitted from the remote controller, the corresponding pachinko machine 2 and the out Interrupt monitoring processing (not shown) for monitoring the input and change of the big hit signal, probability changing signal, time reduction signal, start signal, prize ball signal, and out ball counting signal output from the counter 16 is performed as normal processing. The processing task to be executed is performed based on the individual processing task, so that the occurrence of each target state is monitored, the addition to the number of possessed balls, the return that accompanies when a predetermined time has passed since the return of the card The card ID (previous card ID) of the selected card can be deleted, the hyena setting can be canceled, the hyena information can be received, the added reservation mode can be switched to and released, and the game information can be updated sequentially. It has become.

  Here, the flow in which the pachinko balls are counted in the card unit 3 will be described. When counting pachinko balls, the player is first paid out from the pachinko machine 2 and stored in the lower plate 24. The pachinko balls are thrown into the throwing portion 345 by operating a lever provided on the lower plate 24.

  Then, after the amount of pachinko balls to be counted is thrown into the throwing part 345, the counting operation part 355 is operated to open the inlet shutter 352 provided at the inlet 346 to the counting channel 347. As a result, the pachinko balls temporarily stored in the charging unit 345 flow into the counting channel 347 from the inlet 346, flow down the counting channel 347, and are detected by the counting sensor 356. Every time a pachinko ball is detected, a count sensor signal of a predetermined pulse is output to the control board 341 (control unit 350).

  When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of count sensor signals are input from the count sensor 356 within a predetermined time (for example, 1 second), the control board 341 (control unit 350) has 10 balls. Count information including a constant count command indicating that the counter is counted is transmitted to the control unit 328 every time a predetermined number of count sensor signals are counted, and within a predetermined time (for example, 1 second). When a predetermined number (for example, 10) of counting sensor signals are not input, the counting includes a fraction counting command corresponding to the number of counting sensor signals that are input and counted at a predetermined time (for example, 1 second). Send information. As these fraction counting commands, a command of a type corresponding to a number less than a predetermined number may be determined in advance. If the predetermined number is 10, the fraction counting command corresponding to 1 to the fraction counting corresponding to 9 is performed. Nine types of fraction counting commands up to the command may be used.

  The count information is received at the SS1 step in the count information processing shown in FIG. 32 performed by the control unit 328, and it is determined that the count information has been received, and the process proceeds to the SS2 step. It is determined whether or not the count prohibition state is outputting the count prohibition instruction.

  When counting is prohibited, the process proceeds to step SS5, where the display unit 312 displays that a counting error has occurred, and the process proceeds to an error notification process in which the multifunction lamp 301 is lit. If counting is not prohibited, the process proceeds to step SS3, and it is determined whether or not it is in the addition reservation mode by the remote controller owned by the staff.

  The number of balls specified from the command included in the count information received during the prohibition of counting is returned by paying out the pachinko balls stored in the storage unit 338 in the same manner as the fractional payout. You may make it return to the storage part 342. FIG.

  If it is not in the added reserve mode, the process proceeds to step SS4, and the number of balls in the card table and the number of balls in the own table in the number-of-balls breakdown table corresponds to the type of command included in the received count information. In addition to updating the number, if the high-enabling-cancellation grace timer is counting, the card displayed on the display unit 312 based on the updated number of possessed balls after the timer count ends. On-accepting screen update processing is performed to update the number of balls acquired in the receiving screen (see FIG. 29) and the number of holding balls at the rate corresponding to the unit to the updated number of balls (SS5).

  Then, after the update, the ball stacking display information corresponding to the number of balls acquired (the number of balls held by the own ball number in the table) is output to the ball stacking display unit 401, and the lighting state of the ball stacking display unit 401 is changed. Update (SS6). In the present embodiment, specifically, these holding ball display setting information is a value obtained by dividing the updated number of balls acquired (B) by the number of unit balls (A) included in the holding ball display setting information. The display information including the display value (C = B / A) is output to the display unit 401, and the controller 411 of the display unit 401 displays information included in the display information. The integer value of the value is specified, and the display portions 402a to 402e corresponding to the integer value are continuously lit continuously from the lower side, and when there is a single-digit value, next to the continuously lit display portion The display to be lit is flashed.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 29 (a), in the card unit 3 corresponding to the pachinko machine 2 with the stand number 001, the number of winning balls is “7533” and the number of balls is “2000”. If there is, the piling display information including 3.77 which is a display value obtained by dividing 7533 by 2000 is output to the piling display unit 401, so that the controller 411 displays three displays corresponding to 3 which is an integer value. The units 402a, 402b, and 402c are continuously lit in green corresponding to the first round, and the first digit after the decimal point is “7”, so that the display unit 402d that is next to the display unit 402c is turned on and off.

  In addition, when the display value included in the ball stacking display information is 5 or less, the lighting color of the display units 402a to 402e is turned on in green corresponding to the first round, and the display value is in the range of 6 to 10. If the display value is in the range of 11 or more, it is lit in red corresponding to the third round. And when the display value is 16 or more, by carrying out a scroll display in which the lighting part moves sequentially from the lower display unit 402a to the upper display unit 402e, there are 32,000 balls or more that are 16 units. Announce that it has been acquired.

  Then, after these SS6 processes, the process returns to the SS1 step. On the other hand, in the addition reservation mode, the process returns to the SS1 step without performing the SS4 step.

  That is, the pachinko balls that have flowed into the counting flow path 347 from the inlet 345 through the inlet 346 are detected one by one by the counting sensor 356, and the number of balls and the number of balls acquired (the number of own balls in the number table of own balls) It will be added to the number of holding balls).

  In addition, in these additions, a count end detection timer (in this embodiment, 5 seconds is set) for detecting the count end is reset every time the number of balls is added by receiving the count information. When the count end detection timer expires, that is, when a predetermined time set in the count end detection timer has elapsed since the last addition, the card ID of the card unit 3 and the card being received Is sent to the management computer 150, and the number of possessed balls after the addition is transmitted to the management computer 150, the member saving management table or visitor saving management The number of balls in the table, the number of balls in the unit management table, and the number of balls in the ball type table are updated without delay to the number of balls included in the number-of-balls update request. In addition, the counting history including the time of receiving the number-of-balls-update request, the unit number corresponding to the device ID, the rate, the processing type count, the number of processing balls and the number of balls in the counting / dispensing history table Remembered.

  In addition, when a predetermined time set in the counting end detection timer has elapsed and the card reader / writer 327 has not received any card for some reason, for example, the game is performed by transferring a pachinko ball from another table. In the case of a big hit, the visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 on the inner side of the card reader / writer 327 is moved to a predetermined reading position, and the card ID of the visitor card is set. The above-described processing is performed by the management computer 150 being transmitted to the management computer 150 by transmitting the number-of-balls update request including the read card ID and the number of balls to be added (equal to the counted number of counted balls). And the latest issue date of the visitor savings management table is updated to the current date and time.

  At this time, as in the issuance / payment process described later, the “remaining amount” of the visitor card is set to “0” by transmitting an issuance request to the system controller 100.

  In this embodiment, the number of balls processed in the counting history is specified from the number of balls included in the number-of-balls update request and the difference from the number of balls in the previous history before the counting history. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of balls to be processed may be aggregated on the card unit 3 side and included in the number-of-balls update request and transmitted.

  Also, in the possession type table, the data corresponding to the machine number corresponding to the device ID included in the possession number update request is the data of the possession type corresponding to the (member) card ID included in the possession number update request. If it does not exist, the ball type data of the unit number is newly added, and the number of balls and the rate corresponding to the added unit number have the number of processed balls stored in the counting / dispensing history table. As the number of balls, the rate stored in the unit management table corresponding to the device ID included in the received number-of-balls update request is stored.

  Next, when the player inserts a visitor card or member card into the card insertion slot 309 in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, the insertion detection information accompanying the insertion of the visitor card or member card is a card reader. As a result of output from the writer 327 to the control unit 328, the control unit 328 determines that there is card acceptance in Sb2, advances to the step of Sb20, and performs the card acceptance processing shown in FIG.

  In the card accepting process of this embodiment in Sb20, as shown in FIG. 27, an instruction for taking in the membership card or visitor card inserted into the card insertion slot 309 is output to the card reader / writer 327, and the inserted member is inserted. The card or visitor card is taken into the card slot 392 of the card reader / writer 327 and stored data stored in the member card or visitor card, specifically, the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card The member ID (member card only), prepaid balance data, number of possession data (visitor card only), distribution flag, etc. are read (Sc1).

  Then, the control unit 328 transmits an authentication request including the (member) card ID read from the received member card or visitor card, the prepaid balance data, and the device ID to the system controller 100, and receives the authentication result from the system controller 100. Card authentication processing is executed (Sc2).

  In response to the reception of the authentication request, the system controller 100 determines whether the (member) card ID included in the received authentication request exists in the member card table or the visitor card table, and cannot be used in the unavailable flag “1”. ”Is stored, and if it is present and unavailable“ 1 ”is not stored, that is, if“ 0 ”is stored in the unavailable flag, the (member) card ID is stored. The prepaid balance that is stored and managed in the member card table or visitor card table in association is specified from the prepaid balance data included in the received authentication request, that is, the prepaid balance data read from the received member card or visitor card It is determined whether it matches the prepaid balance to be As a result, “authentication OK” is returned. On the other hand, when the (member) card ID does not exist in the member card table or the visitor card table, or when the unavailable flag “1” is stored in the unavailable flag, the prepaid balance is If they do not match, “authentication NG” is returned. However, if the prepaid balance does not match and the prepaid balance specified from the prepaid balance data included in the authentication request is smaller, the prepaid balance in the member card table or visitor card table is set to the small amount. In addition to renewing the amount, “authentication OK” is returned to permit use of the member card or visitor card.

  When the authentication result returned from the system controller 100 is “authentication NG” (No in step Sc2), the card unit 3 outputs an accepted instruction to eject the member card or visitor card to the card reader / writer 327, While the inserted member card or visitor card is returned to complete the card acceptance process (Sc10), if the returned authentication result is “authentication OK” (Yes in step Sc2), the received card is The read (member) card ID, member ID (member only), and prepaid balance are stored in the card table, and read from the received member card or visitor card to the management computer 150 as shown in FIG. (Member) Card ID, device ID, number of coins (visitor card only) and transaction Only transmits a card acceptance notice contains a flag data (Sc4).

  In response to reception of this card acceptance notification, the management computer 150 first determines whether or not the number of possessed balls included in the received card acceptance notification is present, and if so, verifies the number of possessed balls. Perform verification processing.

  Specifically, the number of balls stored in the visitor saving management table corresponding to the card ID included in the received card acceptance notification matches the number of balls included in the received card acceptance notification. Determine whether.

  If they do not match in the verification determination, the verification error information indicating that the verification of the number of balls is NG is returned to the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the received card acceptance notification. It is determined that the information has been received (Yes in Sc5), the process proceeds to Sc10, and the visitor card is returned in the card unit 3.

  On the other hand, if they match in the verification determination, or if the received card acceptance notification does not contain the number of possessions (in the case of a membership card), the management computer 150 sends the distribution flag data included in the received card acceptance notification. Is “1” indicating the presence of distribution.

  If the distribution flag data is “0” in the determination, that is, if there is no distribution, the process proceeds to the normal acceptance process, whereas if the distribution flag data is “1” in the determination, that is, if there is distribution. The distribution history table includes a distribution history including the card ID included in the received card acceptance notification, and whether or not there is a history in which “0” is registered in the usage acceptance, that is, in the received card acceptance notification. It is determined whether or not the included card ID matches the card ID included in the distribution history in which “0” is registered for use acceptance.

  If there is a distribution history, that is, the card ID included in the received card acceptance notification matches the card ID included in the distribution history in which “0” is registered for usage acceptance, the matching distribution history If the card number is the member card ID, that is, the member savings management table, the number of balls allocated (the total of the number of balls held and the number of balls stored) is the number of balls corresponding to the card ID included in the card acceptance notification. If the card ID is a visitor card card ID, the number of possessed balls or the number of stored balls stored in correspondence with the member card ID is updated in the visitor saving management table. The number of allocated balls is added and updated to the stored number of balls, enabling the use of the number of held balls, and the acceptance acceptance of the specified distribution history. The data, after updating to "1" indicating the already accepted use, proceed to the normal reception processing.

  In addition, if there are multiple specified distribution histories when continuous distribution is not restricted, all the distribution numbers (the total of the distribution balls and distribution storage balls) of each specified distribution history are added. Updated.

  In addition, with the addition to the number of possessed balls, the history of the rate and time, the number of processed balls and the number of possessed balls in association with the card ID, including “sort” as the processing type in the counting / dispensing history table Is registered, and “000” indicating allocation is additionally registered in the unit number item in the possession type table, and the allocation is made to the number and rate of possessions corresponding to the unit number of “000”. The number of balls and their rate are stored.

  Further, when the distribution history does not exist at the time of specifying the distribution history, that is, the distribution in which the card ID included in the card reception notification whose distribution flag data is “1” is registered with “0” in the usage reception is registered. If the card ID does not match the card ID included in the history, it is determined that the error information is received by returning the error information (Yes in Sc5), and the process proceeds to Sc10. The error information including the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 of the device ID included in the received card acceptance notification is displayed on the display device of the management computer 150. 157 is displayed and notified.

  In the normal acceptance process, the management computer 150 first updates the “status” data in the unit management table corresponding to the device ID included in the received card acceptance notification to “accepting” and is included in the received card acceptance notification. (Member) card ID is stored in the item “Reception ID” of the unit management table. Then, the (member) card ID, unit number, time, rate, type (acceptance) of the member card or visitor card received are additionally registered in the counting / dispensing history table. If registration of the same (member) card ID already exists in the counting / dispensing history table, the unit number, time, rate, type (acceptance)) are additionally registered.

  Next, the number of possessed balls and the number of stored balls (member only) corresponding to the (member) card ID included in the received card acceptance notification are associated with the (member) card ID in the member saving management table or the visitor saving management table. In addition to specifying from each stored data, if the card ID is a member card ID, specify the PIN and store visit point stored in the member information table corresponding to the member card ID, If the number of balls is present, the data (corresponding data) stored in correspondence with the (member) card ID in the ball type table is specified, and the specified number of balls and stored balls are identified. (Members only), visiting points (Members only), PIN (Members only), Mochitama Breakdown Data, and (Members) Card ID notifications are received. To reply to the sender of the card unit 3 of de acceptance notification.

  When transmitting this acceptance processing completion notification, the management computer 150 transmits (changes) the retained ball breakdown data to be transmitted in the order in which the number of retained balls is subtracted in the payout. Specifically, at the head, the breakdown data of the same unit number as the unit number of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the acceptance notification is stored, and then “000” is stored as the unit number Then, the breakdown data of the same rate as the rate of the pachinko machine 2 to which the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the acceptance notification corresponds, and then the breakdown data of a different rate are used. If there are multiple breakdown data with the same unit number, distribution breakdown data, and breakdown data with the same rate, the older breakdown data stored in the lower level of the breakdown type table is included in these breakdown data. Place breakdown data first.

  In response to the reception of the acceptance process completion notification, the card unit 3 (control unit 328) determines the number of possessed balls, the number of stored balls (member only), the point of visit (member only), the PIN number ( (Member only) is stored in the card table, and each breakdown data in the internal ball breakdown data included in the received acceptance processing completion notification is stored in the internal ball number breakdown table in the order described in the internal ball breakdown data ( Sc6). In addition, since the breakdown data of the own unit (the number of possession balls “0” when the card is inserted) is stored in the top breakdown data of the number of possession balls number breakdown table, Next to the breakdown data of the own table, it is stored sequentially. Thereby, in the number-of-balls breakdown table, when subtracting the number of balls in the payout, from the number of balls in the highest position (left side of the number-of-balls breakdown table shown in FIG. 10 (e)) Subtraction can be performed, and these subtractions can be easily performed.

  In the present embodiment, the priority of the use of the number of balls is set in the order of the number of balls of the own table, the number of balls of the distribution, the number of balls older than the number of balls of other units, In this way, giving priority to the use of the number of possession balls is that once the number of possessions is acquired by big hit, if the number of possession balls is paid out and used for games, it will be newly retained. Since it is not managed as the breakdown data of the number of balls, it is preferable from avoiding unnecessary increase of the breakdown data, but the present invention is not limited to this, and these priorities are appropriately set. Just decide.

  Next, after the distribution flag of the card being accepted is updated to “0”, the prepaid balance stored in the card table is displayed on the remaining balance indicator of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 (Sc7), and the card shown in FIG. The receiving screen display process is executed (Sc8), and the card receiving screen is displayed on the display unit 312. Then, the member game information table is reset (Sc9), and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  Here, the screen display process during card acceptance performed in the step of Sc8 and the integration process (St26, St58, St82) described later will be described based on the flowchart shown in FIG. First, the control unit 328 determines whether or not the own unit summary setting is set to “Yes” based on the ball display setting information stored in the EEPROM 328c (Sk1).

  If the own unit summary setting is set to “Yes”, the process proceeds to the step of Sk2, and whether or not a plurality of breakdown data of the own unit exists in the number-of-balls breakdown table, that is, on the business day Then, it is determined whether or not there is the number of possessed balls acquired in the past game in the player (Sk2).

  In the determination, if there is storage of a plurality of breakdown data of the own unit, the unit number of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 is selected from the breakdown data stored in the number-of-balls breakdown table. Identify all the breakdown data of the same unit number, that is, the breakdown data of the own unit, and add up the number of possession balls of the identified own unit breakdown data to identify the number of possession units (the number of units acquired) On the other hand (Sk3), if there is no storage of a plurality of breakdown data of the own unit, the process proceeds to the step of Sk4 without going through the step of Sk3.

  On the other hand, if the self-unit summary setting is set to “No”, the process proceeds to step Sk12, and whether or not the card receiving screen display processing is performed in the integration processing described later. (Sk12), if the process is not performed in the integration process, the process proceeds to step Sk13. If the process is performed in the integration process, the process proceeds to step Sk2. As with the case where the own unit summary setting is set to “Yes”, if there are multiple breakdown data for the own unit, all the breakdown data will be added up and the number of own units (the number of units acquired) ) Is identified.

  In step Sk13, it is determined whether or not the card ID data of the previous receiving card is stored at a predetermined address. If it is not stored in the determination, that is, if the predetermined time (3 minutes in the present embodiment) set in the previous card ID deletion timer has elapsed since the previous card return, Sk4 If it is stored, that is, if the predetermined time set in the previous card ID deletion timer has not elapsed since the return of the previous card, the process proceeds to step Sk14. It is determined whether or not the card ID read from the received card is the same as the stored card ID.

  If it is not the same, the process proceeds to the step of Sk4. If it is the same, the process proceeds to the step of Sk15, and from the breakdown data of the number-of-balls breakdown table, the previous number of own balls, specifically, After specifying the number of balls in the upper breakdown table next to the highest number in the number breakdown table as the number of balls held by itself (the number of balls earned by this unit), the process proceeds to step Sk4.

  By specifying the number of balls held by the player (the number of balls acquired by the player) in this way, a card receiving screen based on the specified number of balls held by the player (the number of balls acquired by the player) is generated as will be described later. When the own unit summary display is set, as shown in FIG. 29B to be described later, each possession acquired by the own unit on the business day is displayed. The total number of balls is added up and displayed as the number of balls earned at the stand in a ball box display as a display unit.

  In addition, even if the self-base summary display is not set, if the number of balls on the visitor card, which will be described later, is integrated into the number of balls on the membership card, the self-base summary display is set Similarly, the number of balls included in the breakdown data including the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 corresponding to the card unit 3 in the data of the ball breakdown of the visitor card transferred to the ball breakdown data of the membership card by the integration process Are added together and displayed as a ball box display as a display unit as the number of balls acquired at the current time.

  Furthermore, even if the self-unit summary display is not set, when the same card as the card ID of the previous card is received, that is, the card is executed by mistakenly operating the return button, which is an end operation. When the card is inserted again after the card is returned, as shown in FIG. 30, the number of balls displayed as the number of balls acquired before returning is the same as the number of balls held by the player. Will be displayed again as the number of balls earned for this stand, so even if the end operation is mistakenly performed, the number of balls earned for this stand will be “0”, and the exact number of balls won for this stand will be displayed. Can be avoided.

  In the step of Sk4, it is determined whether or not the other unit display setting is set to “Yes”. If the other unit display setting is set to “No”, the process proceeds to the Step of Sk16 and Sk3 is set. The number of balls held by the step specified in the step of Sk3 is passed through, and the cardboard display number and fraction corresponding to “0” because the card is inserted when not passing through Sk3. Based on the number of unit balls set in the ball box display, and based on the specified ball box display number and fraction, the platform comprising the ball box display and the fraction display of the specified ball box display number A card accepting screen having a display of the number of acquired balls is generated (Sk17), and the process proceeds to Step Sk10.

  On the other hand, if there is another table display setting, the process proceeds to step Sk5, and the number of balls and rate corresponding to the unit number other than the own unit number among the breakdown data stored in the number-of-balls breakdown table. Is identified. At this time, if there is the number of own balls before the previous time specified in the step of Sk15, the number of held balls is also specified as the number of balls of other units.

  Then, it is determined whether or not the other unit summary display setting is set to “Yes”, and if it is set to “No”, the process proceeds to the step of Sk7, and further, the individual information setting (in this embodiment) is performed. , “Rate individual display or distribution individual display)” is determined.

  When “No” is set in the individual information setting, the process proceeds to step Sk8, and the number and fractions of the ball boxes corresponding to the number of possessed balls specified in the steps Sk3, Sk5, and Sk15. Is determined based on the number of unit balls set in the ball box display (Sk8), and based on the specified ball box display number, fraction, and the machine number specified in the step of Sk5, the rate and distribution After generating a card receiving screen in which the number of balls is not individually displayed and the number of balls on other units is not summarized (Sk9), the process proceeds to step Sk10.

  In the step of Sk8, if there is a number of balls with a rate different from the rate of the own unit, it is converted into the number of balls with the rate of the own unit, and the converted number of balls is applicable. A display number and a fraction are specified.

  That is, in the step of Sk9, in addition to the ball box display of the number of balls held (the number of balls acquired), the box of the number of balls acquired on the other unit in association with the unit number of the other unit By generating a card receiving screen with the number of displays, you can visually grasp the number of balls you have acquired in your own table even if misoperation or integration is done, and the number of balls you have acquired other than your own You will be able to grasp visually. In addition, when there are a plurality of holding balls in these other units, each is individually displayed in the number of ball box display, but the present invention is not limited to this, In the case where there are a plurality of balls on these other units, they may be displayed together in a single ball box display, similar to the collective display of the own unit.

  Further, if it is determined in the step of Sk7 that “Yes” is set in the individual information setting, the process proceeds to step of Sk18, and the number of possessed balls corresponding to the set individual display is calculated. It is specified in the table. Specifically, when the distribution individual display is set, the number of balls possessed in the breakdown data in which “000” indicating the distribution is stored in the machine number and the rate are specified, and the individual rate display is set. In this case, the number of balls and the unit number are specified for each rate type.

  Then, the ball box display number and the fraction corresponding to the number of balls specified in the steps of Sk3, Sk15, and Sk18 are specified based on the unit ball number set in the ball box display (Sk19). ), Based on the specified ball box display number, fraction, and the machine number and rate specified in the steps of Sk5 and Sk18, each ball box display is associated with the corresponding machine number, and the rate and distribution After generating a card receiving screen that has an individual display of the number of balls and the number of balls of other units is not summarized (Sk20), the process proceeds to step Sk10.

  That is, in the step of Sk20, as shown in an example in FIG. 29, in addition to the ball box display of the number of own balls (the number of balls acquired), if there is a rate individual display setting, for each rate type, The display of the number of balls in other units is displayed separately in association with the unit number, and if there is an individual distribution setting, the number of balls held by distribution can be displayed in a single box display. Since the displayed card receiving screen is generated, it is possible to easily confirm the number of possessed balls for each rate and the number of possessed balls acquired by the distribution.

  On the other hand, if the other unit summary display setting is set to “Yes” in the step of Sk6, the process proceeds to the step of Sk21, and the total value (rate is the rate) of the number of balls of other units specified in the step of Sk5. If they are different, specify (calculate) the total number of balls held in their own rate, and add the specified total value to the number of balls held in the Sk3 step or Sk15 step. The corresponding ball box display number and fraction are specified based on the unit ball number set in the ball box display (Sk22), and based on the specified ball box display number and fraction, After generating a card receiving screen that does not have an individual display and is grouped into a display of the number of ball boxes displayed with the number of holding balls of one other unit (Sk23), the process proceeds to step Sk10.

  In other words, in the step of Sk23, in addition to the ball box display of the number of own balls (the number of balls acquired), the card acceptance having a ball box display corresponding to the total value of the number of balls acquired on other units. Since the middle screen is generated, it is possible to easily compare the number of balls held (the number of balls acquired) and the number of balls held by other units.

  In the step of Sk10, the card receiving screen generated in each step of Sk9, Sk17, Sk20, and Sk23 is displayed on the display unit 312. In addition, in the step of Sk11, the card acquisition ball is displayed on these card receiving screens. By outputting the ball stacking display information corresponding to the number of balls displayed as the number (the number of balls held by the player) to the ball stacking display unit 401, the lighting state of the ball stacking display unit 401 is the number of balls of the current number of balls acquired. The lighting state is updated to match the box display.

  FIGS. 29A to 29C and 30 illustrate examples of the card receiving screen displayed on the display unit 312 by executing the card receiving screen display process of the present embodiment.

  In this embodiment, when the card being received is a visitor card, as shown in FIG. 29 (c), the number of balls of 1 yen stored in the cart table at the upper position of the card receiving screen. When the card being received is a member card, the card receiving screen is displayed as shown in FIG. 29 (a). In the upper position, the number of balls of 1 yen stored in the cart table, the number of balls of 4 yen, the number of balls of 1 yen and the number of balls of 4 yen are displayed numerically. Yes.

  In addition, in the card receiving screen of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29, the display mode of the ball box of the number of balls acquired that is the number of balls held by itself and the display mode of other units (including sorting) By making the display modes different, specifically, the display size is different, the number of own holding balls and the number of other holding balls can be easily distinguished.

  In addition, when the rate individual display is set, the number of holding balls corresponding to the rate of 4 yen and the number of holding balls corresponding to the rate of 1 yen are displayed separately, and at the top of the screen The displayed numerical value of the number of balls of 1 yen and the ball box display of the number of balls of 1 yen are displayed in the same color, the numerical display of the number of balls of 4 yen and the number of balls of 4 yen By displaying the ball box display in the same color, the type of rate can be easily recognized.

  FIG. 29 and FIG. 30 both illustrate the case where “Yes” is set in the fraction display setting, but when “No” is set in the fraction display setting, any ball box display is shown. Also, the ball box display corresponding to the fraction is not displayed.

  Here, FIGS. 29 (a) and 29 (b) are display screens according to settings when a member who has already acquired the number of possessions on the corresponding business day has inserted a membership card in the corresponding pachinko machine 2. It is a figure which shows the difference.

  When “No” is set in the own ball summary display setting as the holding ball display setting, since the game in the corresponding gaming machine is not started when the card is received, the number of balls acquired is “0”. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 29 (a), “0” is displayed as the number of balls earned at this time, and even if there are already possessed balls with the corresponding pachinko machine 2, The number of balls is displayed as the number of balls on other units. Also, the display of the ball stacking display unit 401 is not lit in correspondence with the number of balls acquired at the stand corresponding to “0”.

  On the other hand, if “Yes” is set as the own ball summary display setting as the holding ball display setting, the number of holding balls already acquired by the corresponding pachinko machine 2 is specified as the number of balls acquired by this stand. As shown in FIG. 29 (b), a ball box display in which the number of balls already acquired by the corresponding pachinko machine 2 is the number of balls acquired is performed, and the display of the ball stacking display unit 401 is also displayed. The display is updated to match the number of units acquired (the lower three green lights on, the fourth blinking display).

  FIG. 29C is an example of a card receiving screen in which “Yes” is set in the distribution individual display setting in the holding ball display setting and the visitor card is being received. Since “Yes” is set in the distribution individual display setting, the number of balls possessed by the distribution among the number of possessions possessed by the player is displayed in a single ball box display. In addition, although the ball box display of the number of possession balls of these distributions is displayed in a ball box display of the same size as the size of the other carton display, a color different from that of the other carton display (1 Circles and circles are displayed in different colors). In this embodiment, the number of balls that are distributed is also displayed in the same box as the number of other balls, but the present invention is not limited to this. In the setting screen, the unit display type and the number of unit balls may be set independently for the number of balls to be distributed.

  In the card receiving screen of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29 (c), when the number of holding balls is large, for example, when it is 5000 balls or more, the number of balls is 5000 balls. By performing the performed ball box display, it is possible to prevent the ball box display number from increasing and the number of balls held from becoming difficult to grasp. In the case of executing the box display of these 5000 balls, as described above, “5000” may be set as the unit type for “dollar box 2” as the unit type on the holding display setting screen.

  Note that, as shown in FIG. 29 (c), the display of the ball stacking display unit 401 in the case where the number of balls acquired at the stand is “15276” is the blue display in the second round described above, and the lower row of blue 3rd stage lighting, 4th stage blinking display.

  Next, the counting / payout history display processing executed by selectively inputting the ball box display when these card receiving screens are displayed will be described with reference to FIG.

  In the card receiving screen of the present embodiment, each displayed ball box display can be selected. For example, as shown in FIG. In the case where the ball box display is made separately, when the player selects the ball box display of the number of balls acquired by the player by touch, the display control board 329 selects the ball box display of the number of balls acquired by the vehicle. When this is detected, the display control board 329 outputs count / payout history operation information including the fact that the number of balls acquired has been selected to the control unit 328.

  The output of the counting / dispensing history operation information is determined in step Sb12 in the above-described standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 to determine that there is a counting / dispensing history operation, and proceeds to step Sb30, and the counting / dispensing history display processing is performed. Is done.

  In the counting / dispensing history display process of the present embodiment, first, it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set in the individual rate display setting in the holding ball display setting. When “Yes” is not set in the individual rate display setting, all the information stored in the counting / payout history table of the management computer 150 in association with the (member) card ID of the (member) card being accepted A request for counting / dispensing history including the currently accepted (member) card ID and device ID is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the reception of the counting / dispensing history request, the management computer 150, from the counting / dispensing history table, stores all the counting / storing information stored in association with the (member) card ID included in the received counting / dispensing history request. The payout history is read out and returned to the card unit 3 (control unit 328) that is the transmission source of the counting / payout history request.

  In response to the reception of the counting / dispensing history, the control unit 328 displays a list of the received counting / dispensing histories. At this time, the counting / dispensing history of the own unit is displayed in a display color different from that of the other counting / dispensing histories so that it can be easily distinguished from other counting / dispensing histories.

  On the other hand, when “Yes” is set in the rate individual display setting in the holding ball display setting, the same number of balls acquired in this unit, that is, the same counting / payout history as the rate of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 A count / payout history request including the currently accepted (member) card ID is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the reception of the counting / dispensing history request, the management computer 150 specifies the rate of the pachinko machine corresponding to the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the received counting / dispensing history request based on the unit management table. Of the counting / dispensing history stored in the counting / dispensing history table in association with the (member) card ID included in the withdrawal history request, only the counting / dispensing history that is the same as the rate is read, and the counting / dispensing history A reply is made to the card unit 3 (control unit 328) that is the source of the request.

  In response to the reception of the counting / dispensing history, the control unit 328 displays the received counting / dispensing history as a list as shown in FIG. At this time, the counting / dispensing history of the own unit is displayed in a display color different from that of the other counting / dispensing histories so that it can be easily distinguished from other counting / dispensing histories.

  In addition, when the 1-yen cardboard display is selected on the card receiving screen shown in FIG. 31A, the display control board 329 detects that the 1-yen cardboard display has been selected. Thus, the display control board 329 outputs count / payout history operation information including the fact that another rate has been selected to the control unit 328. The display control board 329 is notified in advance of the 1-yen cardboard display area from the control unit 328 when the generated card receiving screen is output to the display control board 329. It is possible to recognize that the selected and input range is a one-yen rate ball box display area.

  In the counting / dispensing history display processing executed in response to the output of the counting / dispensing history operation information, the control unit 328 has the (member) card ID of the (member) card being accepted in the counting / dispensing history table of the management computer 150. Among the histories stored in association with the pachinko machine 2, the count including the (member) card ID and the device ID being received is requested to obtain a count / payout history of a rate other than the rate of the corresponding pachinko machine 2. A payout history request is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the reception of the counting / dispensing history request, the management computer 150 specifies the rate of the pachinko machine corresponding to the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the received counting / dispensing history request based on the unit management table. Only counting / dispensing history at a rate different from the rate is read out from the counting / dispensing history stored in the counting / dispensing history table in association with the (member) card ID included in the withdrawal history request. A reply is made to the card unit 3 (control unit 328) that is the transmission source of the history request.

  In response to the reception of the counting / dispensing history, the control unit 328 displays the received counting / dispensing history as a list as shown in FIG.

  In this way, the player can easily check the counting / payout history, which is a detailed change history regarding the number of possessed balls.

  When the counting / dispensing history display is to be terminated, the selection input section for “return” provided at the bottom of the counting / dispensing history list display screen is selected or a predetermined time has elapsed. Thus, the screen is returned to the card receiving screen shown in FIG.

  Further, in the counting / dispensing history display processing of the present embodiment, only counting / dispensing history for each rate is possible, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in FIG. When the “025” series ball box display is selected and input, only the counting / dispensing history of the “025” series may be acquired from the management computer 150 and displayed.

  After the prepaid balance is displayed on the balance display by the card acceptance process described above, when the player operates the lending button, the lending button switch detects the operation of the lending button by the player. By outputting the signal to the control unit 328, the control unit 328 determines that there is an operation of the lending button in the step Sb3 in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13, proceeds to the step Sb21, and performs the lending process.

  In this lending process, first, the prepaid balance read out from the inserted membership card or visitor card (including the visitor card issued by inserting the banknote) and stored in the RAM 328b (card table) is the corresponding pachinko machine 2 It is determined whether or not the number of times corresponding to 25 balls, which is the lending rate of 4 yen / ball, is less than 100 yen. If the prepaid balance is less than 100 yen, the determination is made. In the case where the prepaid balance is equal to or more than 100 yen, the process proceeds to the next step, and the prepaid balance is In this embodiment, it is determined whether or not 5 degrees set as the usage frequency of the lending process is 500 yen or more. If the lending rate is 1 yen / ball payout unit, it is determined whether or not the number of times corresponding to 100 balls is less than 100 yen, and is set as the usage frequency of the lending process 2 It is determined whether the frequency is 200 yen or more.

  When the prepaid balance is the usage frequency of 5 frequency = 500 yen or more, the usage amount ball lending process is performed. On the other hand, when the usage frequency is 5 frequency = less than 500 yen, the display amount ball lending process is performed. To implement.

  In this used amount ball lending process, a payout instruction for the number of pachinko balls corresponding to a use frequency of 5 degrees = 500 yen, specifically, a signal for instructing the payout of 25 balls, which is a single frequency, is output five times. Thus, the corresponding pachinko machine 2 is made to pay out 125 balls corresponding to 5 times = 500 yen.

  Specifically, PRDY HIGH / LOW output from the pachinko machine 2 is determined. If PRDY is HIGH, a predetermined error process is performed, and the lending process is terminated.

  When PRDY is LOW, after BRDY is switched to LOW, BRQ is set to LOW, and a state of waiting for detection of EXS HIGH from the pachinko machine 2 is awaited. Based on detection of LOW of EXS, BRQ is set. Switch to HIGH and wait for detection of EXS HIGH.

  Next, when the payout for one time in the pachinko machine 2 is completed and the HIGH level of the EXS is detected, the control unit 328 displays the prepaid balance displayed on the balance indicator, the prepaid balance data on the card table, and the receiving member. 100 yen corresponding to the one time is subtracted from the prepaid balance data stored in the card or visitor card, and the number of BRQs is counted, and the counted number of BRQs is equivalent to the number of use of 5 times. Compare with 5 times.

  When the number of BRQs counted in this comparison does not match the number of 5 times, the payout process for the above-mentioned 1 time is performed again, and the number of BRQs counted in the comparison with the above-mentioned usage frequency Is equal to 5 degrees, BRDY is set to HIGH.

  Then, the device ID uniquely assigned to the card unit 3 to the system controller 100, the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card being received, and the amount used (500 yen) corresponding to the frequency of use. Is sent, and the used amount is subtracted and updated from the prepaid balance stored in association with the (member) card ID in the member card table or visitor card table of the system controller 100.

  Then, it is determined whether or not the accepting card is a visitor card. If it is not a visitor card, the lending process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13, while the visitor card is being accepted. Determines whether the prepaid balance displayed on the balance display (same as the prepaid balance stored in the card table of the RAM 328b) is zero.

  If the prepaid balance is not 0 in the determination, the lending process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13. On the other hand, if the prepaid balance is 0, the number of balls in the card table is further increased. Determine if it exists.

  If the number of balls is present, the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13. On the other hand, if the number of balls is not present, a high-enabling setting release grace timer (in this embodiment, 2 minutes) is set and the timer counts. Is started, and after waiting for the set time (2 minutes), the collection of the visitor card whose remaining prepaid amount is 0 and the transmission of the request for canceling the high-energy setting are delayed, and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13. Note that when these high-enabling-cancellation grace timers have expired, an instruction to collect a visitor card with the prepaid balance remaining at 0 is output to the card reader / writer 327 to store the card inside the card reader / writer 327. The information is collected in the unit 370 and a collection notification including the card ID of the collected visitor card is transmitted to the system controller 100 to update the “status” of the visitor card table of the system controller 100 to “in storage”. At the same time, by sending a hyena setting release request including the device ID of the card unit 3 to the management computer 150, the “status” and “acceptance ID” of the data of the card unit 3 in the unit management table in the management computer 150 are transmitted. ”And update the data After deleting all data in hyenas broadcast information table corresponding to the card ID stored in the reception ID ", and resets the card table.

  On the other hand, in the display amount ball lending process, payout for the number of times obtained by dividing the prepaid balance (same as the prepaid balance stored in the card table of the RAM 328b) displayed on the balance indicator by 100 yen corresponding to one count. If the instruction, for example, the prepaid balance is 400 yen, the signal for instructing the payout of 25 balls, which is one frequency, is output four times, and the payout of 4 times = 100 balls corresponding to 400 yen is used as described above. In the same way as in the case of payout, the corresponding pachinko machine 2 carries out the payment, the prepaid balance displayed on the balance indicator, the prepaid balance data on the card table, and the member card or visitor card being received. The amount of 400 yen equivalent to 4 times of using prepaid balance data for pachinko ball lending is deducted and updated, that is, “ Updated to ".

  The system controller 100 completes the lending including the device ID uniquely given to the card unit 3, the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card being received, and the usage amount of 400 yen. The notification is transmitted, and the system controller 100 causes the prepaid balance stored in the membership card table or visitor card table to be subtracted from the prepaid balance stored in the membership card table or visitor card table and updated.

  Then, as in the case of the above-mentioned usage frequency, it is determined whether the card being received is a visitor card and the prepaid balance is 0 (in this case, it is always determined that it is 0), If it is a visitor card and the prepaid balance is 0, on the condition that there are no remaining balls, a high-enabling release delay timer (in this example, 2 minutes) is set and the timer count is started. Then, the lending process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  Further, in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, when the player inserts cash (banknote) from the banknote insertion slot 302, the currency identification information associated with the insertion of the cash (banknote) is controlled from the banknote identification unit 321. By outputting to the unit 328, the control unit 328 determines that there is acceptance of cash in the step of Sb4, proceeds to the step of Sb22, and performs issue / payment processing.

  In this issuance / payment process, first, the amount of money inserted is specified from the entered money identification information, and if the high-enabling setting release grace timer is in the timer count, the timer count is ended. After that, it is determined whether or not there is a member card or visitor card being received by the card reader / writer 327.

  When it is determined that there is no member card or visitor card being received, the control unit 328 moves the visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 to a predetermined reading position on the card slot 392, The card ID of the visitor card is read, and an issuance request including the read card ID, the input amount, and the device ID of the card unit 3 is transmitted to the system controller 100.

  In response to receiving this issuance request, the system controller 100 determines whether or not the card ID included in the received issuance request exists in the visitor card table, and if it exists, the visitor corresponding to the card ID Update the “status” of the card table to “in use” and store the current date and time output from the RTC 104 in the latest issue date and time, and store the received input amount in the “remaining amount” as the prepaid balance, “Issuance permission” is returned to the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the issue request. If the received card ID does not exist in the visitor card table, “Issuance impossible” is returned.

  In response to the transmission of the “issue permission”, the system controller 100 notifies the management computer 150 of an issuance notification including the stored latest issuance date and time, the card ID and the device ID included in the received issuance request. By notifying, the management computer 150 stores the latest issue date and time included in the received issue notification in the latest issue date and time of the visitor saving management table corresponding to the card ID included in the received issue notification and received The “status” of the unit management table corresponding to the device ID included in the issue notification is updated to “accepting”, and the received card ID is stored in “acceptance ID” to update the unit management table.

  The card unit 3 (control unit 328) writes and stores the prepaid balance corresponding to the inserted amount in the visitor card moved to the card slot 392 in response to the reception of the above “issue permission”, and also stores the prepaid amount in the card table. After storing the card ID of the visitor card and the prepaid balance corresponding to the inserted amount, and displaying the prepaid balance on the balance display, the issuing / paying process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  In addition, when "Issuance is impossible" is received from the system controller 100 and when a visitor card is not stored in the card storage unit 370, the cash (banknote) inserted from the banknote insertion slot 302 is returned, An error notification process for turning on the multi-function lamp 301 in a predetermined error notification mode is performed until the error state is eliminated, thereby notifying the occurrence of an error.

  On the other hand, if there is a member card or visitor card being accepted in the card slot 392 at the time of cash (banknote) insertion, the amount specified above is stored in the member card or visitor card being received and the card table. After adding the prepaid balance specified from the stored prepaid balance data and updating each of the prepaid balance data to the prepaid balance data that can be specified, the deposit amount (to the input amount) is updated. The same) and the device ID of the card unit 3 and the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card being received are transmitted to the system controller 100, and the member card table of the system controller 100 or At the visitor card table, the (member) card The said input money amount of money to be added update the prepaid balance, which corresponds to the de-ID are stored.

  Then, the remaining amount of the prepaid displayed on the remaining amount display is updated and displayed as a new amount after the addition update, the deposit process is terminated, and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  In addition, when the player operates the return button in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, a signal from the return button switch for detecting the operation of the return button by the player is input to the control unit 328. As a result, the control unit 328 determines that there is an operation of the return button in Sb5, proceeds to Sb23, and performs return processing.

  In this return process, first, it is determined whether or not there is a member card or visitor card being accepted by the card reader / writer 327. If there is no membership card, the card table further has a number of balls. Determine whether. If the number of possessed balls does not exist, the operation is invalidated. On the other hand, when there is a member card or a visitor card being accepted, the operation of each operation button such as the payout button 311 is invalidated, and a count prohibition instruction is output to the counting / fractional payout unit 340, Prohibit new counting.

  In response to the output of the counting prohibition instruction, the counting / fraction dispensing unit 340 disables the operation of the counting operation unit 355, thereby prohibiting the opening of the inflow shutter 352, so that a new pachinko ball is counted. It is forbidden.

  Then, the control unit 328 returns to the management computer 150 the device ID of the card unit 3, the card ID of the card to be returned, and the number of possessed balls and the number of stored balls (members only) stored in the card table. Send a notification.

  In response to receiving this return notification, the management computer 150 stores the number of balls in each rate stored corresponding to the (member) card ID included in the received return notification in the member saving management table or visitor saving management table. In addition, the number of stored balls (members only) is updated to the number of held balls and the number of stored balls of each rate included in the received return notification, and the “status” corresponding to the device ID received in the unit management table is set to “waiting”. Change and delete the card ID stored in the “acceptance ID”. Further, after additionally registering a unit number, time, rate, type (discharge)) as data corresponding to the deleted card ID in the counting / dispensing history table, the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the return notification is registered. Send update completion notification.

  In response to the reception of the update completion notification, the card unit 3 (control unit 328) determines whether or not the card being received is a visitor card. If the card is a visitor card, the card table is stored in the visitor card. After recording the number of balls in each rate, a discharge instruction is output to the card reader / writer 327 to discharge the receiving visitor card or member card from the card insertion slot 309, reset the card table, and display unit 312 The display of the card receiving screen is ended, the display end is output to the ball stacking display unit 401 to end the lighting display, and the operation invalidity and the count prohibition of each operation button such as the payout button 311 are canceled. Return to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  When these cards are returned, the control unit 328 starts the previous card ID deletion timer and stores the (member) card ID of the card to be returned as the previous card ID in a predetermined address area of the EEPROM 328c. While the previous card ID deletion timer is up, the (member) card ID of the returned card is stored.

  When the card to be returned is a membership card, the control unit 328 transmits a return notification including membership game information data stored in the membership game information table and resets the membership game information table. Member game information data is registered in the member-specific game history table.

  On the other hand, when there is no member card or visitor card being accepted and the number of balls in the card table is present, the operation of each operation button is invalidated and the counting / fractional payout unit 340 is invalidated. After outputting a count prohibition instruction and prohibiting a new count, the visitor card stored in the card storage section 370 on the inner side of the card reader / writer 327 is moved to a predetermined reading position, and the visitor card In the same manner as in the issuance / payment process described above, an issuance request including the read card ID is transmitted to the system controller 100, so that the “remaining amount” of the visitor card is “0”. It is said.

  Then, an issuance return notification including the read card ID, the device ID of the card unit 3 and the number of possessed balls at each rate stored in the card table is transmitted.

  In response to the receipt of this issuance return notification, the management computer 150 receives the number of possessions of each rate stored in correspondence with the card ID included in the received return notice in the visitor saving management table. Is updated to the number of possessions of each rate included in, and the latest issue date is updated to the current date and time. Furthermore, the card ID included in the issuance / return notification is newly registered in the counting / dispensing history table, and the data corresponding to the additionally registered card ID is included in the issuance / return notification, the number of balls, rate, and device The unit number stored in the unit management table is stored corresponding to the ID, the type (discharge) is stored, and the time at that time is stored in the time, and then the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the issue / return notification is stored. An update completion notification is sent to the server.

  Upon receiving this update completion notification, the card unit 3 (control unit 328) records the number of balls held at each rate in the card table on a newly issued visitor card, and then outputs a discharge instruction to the card reader / writer 327. Then, the receiving visitor card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 and issued, the card table is reset, the display of the card receiving screen on the display unit 312 is terminated, and the display end for the ball stacking display unit 401 is completed. At the same time, the lighting display is terminated and the operation buttons such as the payout button 311 are canceled and the counting is prohibited, and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  In other words, when the card is not accepted in the above issuance / payment process, the card is not accepted in the visitor card used from the card storage unit 370 when the card is accepted or in the above-described counting information processing. The visitor card used from the card storage unit 370 when counted in the case is issued to the player by being discharged from the card insertion slot 309 in the return process. That is, in counting information processing, the number of balls in the visitor card is managed by the management computer 150 almost in real time every time counting is performed. Since the data is not written and the consistency of the number of balls is not maintained, the number of balls cannot be used in other card units 3, so it is not issued and managed by the management computer 150. The number of balls in the visitor card is the same as the number of balls in the visitor card, and is written to the visitor card in the return process. Since the card can be used in another card unit 3, the visitor card is discharged in the return process.

  Further, when the player operates the replay button 319 in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, the replay operation information is transmitted from the display control board 329 that has detected the operation of the replay button 319 to the control unit. By being input to 328, the control unit 328 determines that there is an operation of the replay button 319 in Sb6, proceeds to Sb24, and performs a replay process.

  In this replay process, first, it is determined whether or not the number of balls in the corresponding pachinko machine 2 is “0”. If the number of balls is not “0”, the operation is invalidated. In addition, after displaying the message “Please operate the payout button because there is a ball number” on the display unit 312, the system returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13, while the number of balls is “0”. In some cases, it is further determined whether or not the collated flag indicating whether or not the PIN number stored in the RAM 328b has been collated is “1” indicating that collation has been completed. If it has not been verified, a password acceptance process is performed.

  In this way, in this embodiment, the number of possessed balls acquired by the member player on the day is different from the number of accumulated balls, and payout is performed without requiring a fee, so there are the number of possessed balls that do not incur these fees. By disabling the replay operation in this case, the disadvantage of the member player due to the use of the accumulated number of balls incurred despite the existence of the number of possessed balls that do not incur the fee is eliminated. Be able to.

  In the security code acceptance process of this embodiment, first, a security code acceptance screen including a numeric keypad and an announcement display for prompting the input of the security code are displayed on the display unit 312 to accept the security code.

  Then, the received personal identification number is compared with the personal identification number stored in the card table, and when the two coincide, the collation flag in the predetermined area in the RAM 328b is updated to “1” indicating the collation. The replay ball lending process is executed on condition that the number of stored balls stored in the card table is equal to or greater than the predetermined number of replay unit balls (135 balls).

  On the other hand, in the case of “1” indicating that collation has been completed, it is further determined whether or not the LED 320a is in a lit state, that is, whether or not the number of stored balls is equal to or greater than a predetermined number of replay unit balls. Is in the lit state, 135 balls, which is the number of replay units, are subtracted from the number of balls stored in the card table and updated, the replay display unit 320 (LED 320a) is turned off, and the replay ball lending is performed. Perform the process. In the replay ball lending process of this embodiment, the number of pachinko balls corresponding to the replay unit number (135 balls), specifically, 125 balls excluding 10 fees from the replay unit number (135 balls). As in the case of the lending process described above, the pachinko machine 2 is made to execute the pachinko machine 2 by outputting a signal instructing the payout of 25 balls, which is a payout unit in the corresponding pachinko machine 2, five times.

  In addition, when the number of stored balls after subtraction update of the number of replay unit balls is equal to or more than the number of replay unit balls, the replay display unit 320 (LED 320a) is turned on again after the replay ball lending process is completed. State.

  Then, a replay completion notification including the membership card ID and membership ID stored in the card table, the number of replay units subtracted from the number of stored balls (135 balls), and the rate type is transmitted to the management computer 150. Thereafter, the replay process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  The management computer 150 that has received the replay completion notification corresponds to the received rate type stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID and the member ID included in the replay completion notification. The replay unit number (135 balls) is subtracted and updated from the number of stored balls.

  When the payout button 311 is operated in the above-described standby state of Sb2 to Sb13, an operation signal from the payout button switch 311 ′ is input to the control unit 328, so that the control unit 328 pays out in Sb7. When it is determined that the button 311 is operated, the process proceeds to Sb25, and a payout process shown in FIG. 33 is performed. When the payout operation is invalid, the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 is continued without proceeding to Sb25.

  In the payout process of the present embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 33, it is determined whether or not there is a number of coins corresponding to the rate (for example, 4 yen) of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 on the card table (Sh1). ).

  In the determination at the step of Sh1, if there is no corresponding number of balls in the rate of the pachinko machine 2, the process proceeds to the step of Sh6 and, for example, an error “No number of balls” is displayed on the display unit 312. After displaying a message and notifying the player that the number of possessed balls does not exist, the payout process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13. In the present embodiment, only the number of balls having the same rate as that of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 can be used for payout. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the corresponding pachinko machine is used. The number of balls with a rate different from the rate of 2 may be used for payout.

  On the other hand, if the number of possessed balls is present, the process proceeds to the step of Sh2, and it is determined whether or not the number of retained balls is equal to or greater than 100 balls corresponding to a predetermined number of four payouts set in advance. .

  If it is 100 balls or more in the determination, the process proceeds to Sh8, and a payout set number payout process is performed.

  Specifically, in the payout set number payout process, the high / low PRDY output from the pachinko machine 2 is determined as in the case of the usage frequency loan process described above, and the condition is that PRDY is LOW. After switching BRDY to LOW, BRQ is set to LOW, and a state of waiting for detection of high level of EX from the pachinko machine 2 is entered. The payout of 25 pachinko balls corresponding to the frequency is executed, and a state of waiting for detection of HIGH of EXS is entered.

  Next, when the payout of one payout unit in the pachinko machine 2 is completed and the HIGH of the EXS is detected, the control unit 328 counts the number of BRQs, and the counted number of BRQs corresponds to the number of payouts set to 4 degrees. Compare with 4 times.

  If the number of BRQs counted in this comparison does not match the number of 5 times, the above-mentioned payout process is performed once again, and the number of BRQs counted in the above comparison is the set number of payouts. If the frequency coincides with the 4th frequency, BRDY is set to HIGH.

  The control unit 328 then counts the number of holding balls of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 in the card table (if the card being received is a visitor card, the rate of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 in the received visitor card is The number of balls of 100 balls is subtracted and updated from the number of balls), and the number of balls of 100 balls is subtracted and updated from the number of balls in the breakdown data which is the top of the number-of-balls breakdown table. If the number of balls in the top breakdown data is less than 100, the shortage is sequentially subtracted from the number of balls in the lower breakdown data to update the number-of-balls breakdown table.

  Then, to the management computer 150, the device ID uniquely given to the card unit 3, the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card being accepted, the number of balls paid out (100 balls), the rate The payment completion notification including the type is transmitted, and the rate type of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 stored in the member saving management table or visitor saving management table of the management computer 150 in association with the (member) card ID is stored. The number of balls (100 balls) paid out from the above-mentioned number of balls with a high priority is subtracted from the number of balls that are stored in association with the (member) card ID in the ball type table. After updating, storing the payout history in the counting / payout history table, and then proceeding to the step of Sh19 to update the card receiving screen. That.

That is, in the payout process in the present embodiment, the number of possessed balls (acquired game) counted by another card unit 3 specified from the visitor card (recording medium) received by the card reader / writer 327 serving as the recording medium processing means. The number of pachinko balls within the range of the number of balls (total number of game media possessed) obtained by adding the number of balls counted by the card unit 3 receiving the visitor card to the number of media) By exchanging signals, the corresponding pachinko machine 2 is paid out, and the number of pachinko balls that have been paid out is subtracted from the number of possessed balls (total number of owned game media) to update the game of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 The payout process performed by the control unit 328 of this embodiment corresponds to the use process of the present invention.

  In the update process of the card receiving screen, the card receiving screen is generated based on the data of the updated number-of-handed-balls breakdown table, as in the card receiving screen display process described above, and the generated card receiving screen is generated. Is displayed on the display unit 312 and the card receiving screen is updated, for example, a card receiving screen in a state in which the number of held balls of 100 balls paid out is subtracted from the number of balls acquired before the payout is displayed. Is done. In addition, when there is a change (decrease) in the number of balls gained due to the update process of the receiving screen, the ball stack display information corresponding to the number of balls gained after the change (decrease) By outputting to the unit 401, the lighting state of the ball stacking display unit 401 is also updated.

  Next, the process proceeds to Sh20 card collection determination process. In this card collection determination process, it is determined whether or not the accepted card is a visitor card whose number of held balls after subtraction update is “0”, and is a visitor card whose number of held balls is “0”. In some cases, on the condition that the prepaid balance is also “0”, the same as when the prepaid balance in the above-mentioned lending process is “0”, the high-enabling release grace timer is set and the timer count is started. As a result, the payout processing is terminated after the set time (2 minutes) has elapsed for the collection of the visitor card whose number of possessed balls has become 0 and the transmission of the request to cancel the hyena setting, and then the processing of Sb2 to Sb13 Return to standby.

  On the other hand, when the determination result in the step of Sh2 is a determination result that is not equal to or greater than the set number of payouts, the process proceeds to the step of Sh3, and 25 balls or more, which is the number of payout units in the corresponding pachinko machine 2 It is determined whether or not.

  When it is determined that the number of balls is not more than 25 in this determination, for example, when the number of balls is 20 balls, the process proceeds to the step of Sh4 and is stored in the storage unit 338 specified from the stored ball number data. It is determined whether or not the number of pachinko balls (remaining number) is 20 or more, which is the number of possessed balls, that is, whether or not 20 balls that are the number of retained balls can be paid out.

  In this determination, when it is determined that the number of pachinko balls (remaining number) stored in the storage unit 338 is not equal to or more than 20 balls, that is, it is impossible to pay out 20 pachinko balls. If there is, the process proceeds to step Sh7, and the display unit 312 displays a message “Payment is not possible due to lack of balls. Please call a staff member”. A storage ball remaining number error notification process for lighting in a predetermined lighting state for notifying that a remaining number error has occurred is performed.

Clerk after grasping the number of balls in the pachinko ball being stored (remaining number) is small in the reservoir 338 by the notification, as described above, by using a remote controller, savings engaging portion 338 shifts to the addition reserve mode By replenishing the pachinko balls, the pachinko balls can be paid out from the storage unit 338.

  On the other hand, in the determination in the step of Sh4, when it is determined that the number of pachinko balls (remaining number) stored in the storage unit 338 is equal to or more than the number of balls, the process proceeds to the step of Sh5. Then, a fraction payout request including the payout number of 20 balls which is the number of possessed balls is transmitted to the counting / fractional payout unit 340.

In response to the reception of the fraction payout request, the counting / fractional payout unit 340 switches the flow path to the return passage 335 by the flow path switching solenoid 358, and the number of payout balls (fraction) included in the received fraction payout request. by actuating the dispensing motor 353 until the detection signal 20 is input from the sensor 354 out payment, 20 pachinko balls are該払payout number (fraction) of from branch entrance 336 on the discharge passage 337 By flowing into the return passage 335 and being returned to and stored in the return storage unit 342, the player can take out these 20 paid-out pachinko balls from the return storage unit 342.

  Then, at the stage where the payout of 20 pachinko balls based on the fraction payout request is completed, the control unit 350 of the counting / fractional payout unit 340 transmits a fraction payout completion notification to the control unit 328.

  In response to the reception of the fraction payout completion notification, the control unit 328 determines the number of holding balls in the corresponding pachinko machine 2 in the card table (if the card being received is a visitor card, The number of balls paid out is subtracted from the number of balls held at that rate). As a result, the number of holding balls becomes “0”. In addition, the subtraction of the number of balls to be paid out is also performed from the number of balls in the upper breakdown data in the ball number breakdown table as in the case of the normal payout described above.

  And, to the management computer 150, the device ID uniquely assigned to the card unit 3, the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card being accepted, the number of paid-out balls (20 balls), A payout completion notification including a rate type is transmitted, and the corresponding pachinko machine 2 rate type stored in the member saving management table or visitor saving management table of the management computer 150 in association with the (member) card ID The number of balls to be returned and the number of balls to be returned (20 balls) returned from the above-mentioned number of balls having a high priority among the number of balls stored in association with the (member) card ID in the ball type table. Is updated, and the payout history is stored in the counting / payout history table. After performing a card recovery determination process of Sh20 to, it returns to the standby state of Sb2~Sb13 to end the 該払 out processing.

  Upon receipt of these payout completion notifications, the management computer 150 uses the “payout” type and the “payout” type as the storage / payout history corresponding to the device ID in the storage / payout history table based on the payout completion notification. A storage / payout history including the number of payout balls (20 balls) is registered.

  In other words, when the number of held balls is a fraction less than 25 balls corresponding to one frequency as a payout unit, the player operates the payout button 311 so that the pachinko ball of the fraction is counted / fractional payout unit 340. The player is returned to the player by paying out the pachinko balls stored in the storage section 338.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in Sh3 that the number of possessed balls is 25 or more, the process proceeds to the step of Sh9, and the maximum payout unit that can be paid out within the range of the number of held balls is less than the payout unit. After specifying the fraction, the process proceeds to the step of Sh10, so that the number of balls of the specified maximum payout unit is paid out from the corresponding pachinko machine 2, and specified by carrying out the steps of Sh4 and Sh5 described above. The fractional pachinko balls are dispensed to the return storage unit 342 in the counting / fractional dispensing unit 340.

  Specifically, for example, if the number of balls is 90 balls, in the step of Sh9, 3 which is an integer value of a value obtained by dividing 90 balls which is the number of balls by 25 balls which are payout units. The payout frequency corresponding to the maximum payout unit is specified, and 15 balls less than the payout unit that is the remainder of the value divided by 25 payout units are specified as a fraction.

  Then, in Sh10, the PRDY output from the pachinko machine 2 is determined to be HIGH / LOW, and on the condition that PRDY is LOW, BRDY is switched to LOW, then BRQ is set to LOW, and the EXS from the pachinko machine 2 is set. HIGH detection waiting state, and by switching the BRQ to HIGH based on the detection of the LOW of the EXS, 25 pachinko balls corresponding to the number of one payout are paid out, and the EXS HIGH detection It will be in a waiting state.

  Next, when the payout of one payout unit in the pachinko machine 2 is completed and the HIGH of the EXS is detected, the control unit 328 counts the number of BRQs, and the payout specified in the step of Sh8 Compare with 3 times corresponding to 3 times.

If the number of BRQs counted in this comparison does not match the number of 3 times, the above-mentioned payout process is performed once again, while the number of BRQs counted in the above comparison is 3 times the number of payouts set. If it matches, BRDY is set to HIGH.
Then, after paying out these payout units, the steps of Sh4 and Sh5 are performed so that the remaining 15 pachinko balls are returned to the return storage unit 342 in the counting / fractional payout unit 340 as described above. Paid out.

  The control unit 328 then counts the number of holding balls of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 in the card table (if the card being received is a visitor card, the rate of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 in the received visitor card is The number of balls that have been paid out is updated by subtracting 90 balls from the number of balls and 75 from the number of balls in the breakdown data that is the top (or the next rank if the top number of balls is insufficient). Subtract and update the number of balls.

  Then, to the management computer 150, the device ID uniquely given to the card unit 3, the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card being accepted, the number of balls paid out (75 balls), the rate The payment completion notification including the type is transmitted, and the rate type of the corresponding pachinko machine 2 stored in the member saving management table or visitor saving management table of the management computer 150 in association with the (member) card ID is stored. The number of balls (90 balls) subtracted from the number of balls with a high priority among the number of balls held in association with the (member) card ID in the ball type table in the ball type table. After updating and storing the payout history in the counting / payout history table, the above-described update processing of the card accepting screen in Sh19 and Sh To implement the card collecting determination process of 0, it returns to the standby state of Sb2~Sb13 to end the 該払 out processing.

  In other words, if the number of holding balls is 25 balls or more corresponding to the number of times that is a payout unit and less than 100 balls corresponding to the payout setting number, and there are fractions, The pachinko balls of the fraction are returned to the player by being paid out from the pachinko balls stored in the storage unit 338 in the counting / fractional payout unit 340 without individually operating the payout button 311. It has become. Even when these fractions are paid out, as described above, a payout completion notification including the payout ball number is transmitted to the management computer 150, so that the storage is performed based on the payout completion notification. In the payout history table, a storage / payout history including the type of “payout” and the number of payout balls (10 balls) is registered as the storage / payout history corresponding to the device ID.

  In the case where the highena setting release grace timer whose timer count has been started in the Sh20 card collection determination process described above is up, similarly to the case where the highena setting release grace timer is up in the lending process described above, By sending a collection notification to the system controller 100, the visitor card is updated to a “storage” card in the system controller 100, and the device ID of the card unit 3 is assigned to the management computer 150. By transmitting the hyena setting release request including the data, the data of the status of the card unit 3 in the unit management table in the management computer 150 and the data of the “acceptance ID” are updated and stored in the “acceptance ID”. Hyena report corresponding to the card ID After delete all data in the information table, and resets the card table.

  Further, when a player wants to leave his / her seat for his / her purpose, it is necessary to call an attendant and have the remote control carried by the attendant perform the leaving operation to shift to the away mode.

  When a remote control operation is performed on the remote controller, a predetermined infrared signal corresponding to the remote control operation is output from the remote control, so that the infrared signal can be specified by the IR light receiving unit 315. By being converted into a predetermined electrical signal and output to the display control board 329, the display control board 329 outputs to the control unit 328 the leaving operation information indicating that the leaving operation has been performed.

  The output of the leaving operation information is detected at Sb8 in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, so that it is determined that there is a leaving operation, and the process proceeds to Sb26 to perform the leaving process.

  In this leaving process, the control unit 328 first invalidates all operations and outputs a count prohibition instruction to the counting / fractional payout unit 340 (control unit 350) to count new pachinko balls. Ban.

  The control unit 328 determines the (member) card ID and the member ID (member card only) and the number of balls being received by the card reader / writer 327 even if the card data in the RAM 328b is lost due to a long power interruption or the like. (Member) card ID and the member ID are stored in a predetermined storage area of the EEPROM 328c, and then a discharge instruction is output to the card reader / writer 327 to accept the member card or visitor card being received. The display unit 312 starts displaying “being away” and displaying the elapsed time (remaining time of the predetermined away time) and outputting a card insertion enable instruction to the card reader / writer 327. In association with the ejection, the shutter of the card insertion slot 309 is brought into a sunk state by the shutter solenoid 399. In Rukoto, the process proceeds to Away mode to allow only card inserted from the card insertion slot 309.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, since the RAM 328b of the control unit 328 is backed up by a battery, the (member) card ID and the member ID (member only) are cards that are subject to cancellation of the away mode. As information, it may be stored again in a predetermined area in the RAM 328b, or, as in the present embodiment, the (member) card ID and the member ID (only the member card) are stored in the card table when the member card or visitor card is received. ) Is already stored, the new (member) card ID and member ID are not stored, and the (member) card ID and member ID (member) already stored in the card table are omitted. (Card only) may be used.

  The player may leave his / her seat by bringing the membership card or visitor card discharged from the card insertion slot 309.

  Note that the control unit 328 transmits a leave notice including the device ID and the (member) card ID of the ejected card to the system controller 100 and the management computer 150 when shifting to the above-described leave mode. (Member) By registering the card ID as a leaving card, even if these discharged cards are received by another card unit 3, the sorting device 5, or the gift exchange POS terminal 170, the card cannot be used. To be returned.

  When the player finishes his job and resumes the game, the member card or visitor card discharged at the time of leaving the seat may be inserted into the card insertion slot 309, and the member card or visitor card is inserted. In this case, the control unit 328 reads the (member) card ID and the member ID (member card only) from the inserted member card or visitor card, and stores the (member) card ID and member ID (member ID (only the member card) in the predetermined storage area of the EEPROM 328c. (Membership card only).

  If the (member) card ID and the member ID (member card only) do not match, the inserted member card or visitor card is ejected and the away mode is continued, while the (member) card ID and member ID ( (Member card only) matches, the (member) card ID and member ID (member card only) stored in the predetermined storage area of the EEPROM 328c are erased, and the operation performed in the transition to the away mode is prohibited. By canceling the prohibition of counting, the mode is changed from the away mode to the normal mode, and the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 is returned.

  In the case where the player who has left the seat does not return even if the predetermined time has passed, the seat leaving mode can be forcibly canceled. When the forced release is performed, the clerk only has to operate the forced release button provided on the remote control that is possessed, and the forced release button is operated from the remote control (forced release operation) by operating the forced release button. The infrared signal is converted into a predetermined electrical signal that can specify the forced release operation by the IR light receiving unit 315 and output to the display control board 329. The forced release operation information indicating that the forced release operation has been performed is output from the display control board 329 to the control unit 328.

  When the forced release operation information is input during these leaving modes, the control unit 328 stores the (member) card ID and the member ID (member card only) and the number of balls stored in a predetermined storage area of the EEPROM 328c. Is stored in the other predetermined area of the EEPROM 328c as forced release history data, and then the data is erased and the card table and the number-of-balls breakdown table are reset.

  Then, by canceling the prohibition of operation and counting prohibition performed in the transition to the away mode, the transition from the away mode to the normal mode returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13, and a new member card or visitor card and It is possible to accept bills.

  Further, the forced release history data is transmitted to both the system controller 100 and the management computer 150 in response to a transmission request from the system controller 100 and the management computer 150 or in a closing process at the time of closing of business. Even if there is a complaint by a person away from the person by being stored and managed by the computer 150, the system controller 100 or the management computer is controlled by the forced release history data stored and managed in the system controller 100 or the management computer 150. Even if a failure occurs in any of 150, the number of balls possessed by the person away can be reliably guaranteed.

  When the player selects and inputs the “distribution” menu in the main menu shown in FIG. 5 displayed on the display unit 312 in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, the selection of the “distribution” menu is selected. When the distribution operation information is input to the control unit 328 from the display control board 329 that has detected the input, the control unit 328 determines that there is a distribution operation in Sb9, proceeds to Sb27, and performs the distribution process shown in FIGS. To implement.

  In this embodiment, only the number of balls or the number of stored balls with the same rate can be distributed only to the number of balls or the number of stored balls with the same rate. Although the description is omitted, the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be possible to distribute the number of balls having different rates or the number of stored balls. However, in this case, the allocation from the high rate to the low rate is possible, and the allocation from the low rate to the high rate is not possible. After that, it is preferable to prevent a game such as aiming for a big hit from being played at a high rate.

  First, in the distribution process of the present embodiment, the control unit 328 first invalidates the operation of the payout button 311 and outputs a count prohibition instruction to the counting / fractional payout unit 340 so that the number of held balls does not change. Then, counting new pachinko balls is prohibited (S1).

  Then, based on the distribution setting information stored in the EEPROM 328c and capable of specifying the setting contents on the distribution setting screen of FIG. 24, it is determined whether or not permission for direct distribution from the number of balls is set (S2). .

  If the direct distribution permission is not set in this determination, the process proceeds to M in FIG. 35. If the direct distribution permission is set, the process proceeds to step S3, and the membership card is being accepted. It is determined whether or not.

  If the member card is not accepted in the determination, the process proceeds to M in FIG. 35. If the member card is being accepted, the process proceeds to step S4, and the distribution target selection acceptance screen shown in FIG. A distribution target selection acceptance process is performed for accepting selection of whether the number of stored balls or the number of possessed balls is to be displayed on the display unit 312 and used for the distribution.

  As shown in FIG. 41A, this distribution target selection acceptance screen includes a message “Please select a target to be used for distribution.” And is selected when the target to be used for distribution is the number of stored balls. Selection input section of “sort from stored balls (number of balls owned on the day before)” and “sort from number of balls held (number of balls owned today)” when selecting the number of balls to be used for distribution A selection input unit is provided, and the player only has to select and input a selection input unit to be used for distribution.

  Then, the process proceeds to step S5, where it is determined whether or not a storage ball has been selected in the distribution target selection acceptance process of S4. If no storage ball has been selected, that is, “number of balls (today) on the distribution target selection acceptance screen” When the selection input part of “distribution from the number of possessed balls” is selected and input, the process proceeds to M in FIG. 35, while when the stored ball is selected, that is, “save ball (owned ball before the day) on the sorting target selection acceptance screen” If the selection input unit of “sort from number)” is selected and input, the process proceeds to step S6, and it is determined whether or not the number of balls in the card table exists.

  In this determination, if there is no number of balls, the process proceeds to B in FIG. 36, and the processing consisting of steps Sf30 to Sf41 is performed, so that the distribution from the number of balls is performed, while the number of balls is If there is, the process proceeds to step S7, and the selection confirmation screen shown in FIG. 41B is displayed on the display unit 312 to notify that the number of possessed balls is present and to be used for the distribution. A selection confirmation acceptance process is performed to accept from the player whether or not it is okay to set the number of balls as the number of stored balls.

  On this selection confirmation screen, as shown in FIG. 41 (b), a message “There is a number of holding balls XXXX, is it okay to use the stored ball?” Is used to notify that the number of holding balls is present. In addition, a selection input unit of “OK” and “NG” is provided, and the player selects and inputs the selection input unit of “OK” when it is acceptable to use the stored ball, and exists by the notification. When it is desired to use the number of possessed balls that have been recognized for sorting, the selection input unit of “NG” may be selected and input.

  Then, it is determined in step S8 which selection input part of “OK” or “NG” on these selection confirmation screens is selected, and when the selection input part of “OK” is selected and input, FIG. When the process proceeds to B and the process including the steps Sf30 to Sf41 is performed, the distribution from the number of stored balls is performed. On the other hand, when the selection input unit of “NG” is selected and input, By proceeding to (Sf2-), as will be described later, the distribution from the number of possessed balls is performed.

  Hereinafter, the processing after Sf1 of FIG. 35 performed by shifting to M described above will be described. First, in the step of Sf1, whether or not the number of balls in the card table is 0, that is, Determine if a number exists.

  If the number of possessed balls is 0, the process proceeds to step Sf21, and it is determined whether or not the accepted card is a membership card.

  If it is not a membership card, the distribution process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13. On the other hand, if it is a membership card, the process proceeds to step Sf21 + and the distribution setting information stored in the EEPROM 328c is updated. Based on this, it is determined whether or not permission for direct distribution from the number of stored balls is set.

  If the direct distribution permission is set in the determination, the process proceeds to B in FIG. 36. If the direct distribution permission is not set, the process proceeds to step Sf22 and stored in the card table. A display unit for the number of stored balls, an addition number input unit for receiving an input of the number of balls to be added to the number of balls from the stored number of balls, a code number receiving unit for receiving a code number, and an added number of stored balls input unit A storage ball use screen (not shown) having a numeric keypad for inputting the added number of balls is displayed on the display unit 312, and the number of balls used for addition to the number of balls is received from the member player. In addition, a selection input section for “decision” and “cancel” is provided on the storage ball use screen, and a player who does not add from the number of stored balls to the number of possessed balls in order to perform the distribution, By selectively inputting the “cancel” selection input unit, the distribution process is completed.

  In addition, in the case where it is desired to add the number of balls to the number of balls, the member player operates the numeric keypad provided at the bottom of the screen to use the balls to add the number of balls to be used for the addition to the number of balls. After inputting in the number of storages input part, the selection input part of “decision” is selected and input.

  The control unit 328 proceeds to step Sf23 in response to the selection input of “decision”, performs the number-of-balls adding process, and returns to step Sf2-.

  In this number-of-balls adding process, the control unit 328 first determines whether or not the number of balls input to the added number of stored balls input unit is within the range of the number of stored balls stored in the card table. If not, an error is displayed on the display unit 312, the number of possessed balls is stopped, and the process returns to the step of Sf 2-while the number of balls input to the added storage number input unit is stored in the card table. If it is within the range of the number of stored balls, it is determined whether or not the accepted PIN number matches the PIN number stored in the card table.

  Then, in the case where the passwords match, the number of coins added including the device ID of the card unit 3, the member card ID being accepted, and the number of balls added that is the number of balls input to the added number of balls input unit The request is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the reception of the number-of-balls-adding request, the management computer 150 associates the number-of-balls-added storage number included in the received number-of-balls-adding request with the member card ID included in the received number-of-balls-adding request. And confirming whether it is within the range of the number of stored balls stored in the member savings management table, and subtracting and updating the added number of stored balls from the number of stored balls, provided that it is within the range of the number of stored balls The number of balls obtained by subtracting a predetermined fee (same as the above-mentioned replay fee in the present embodiment) from the number of accumulated balls added is stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID. The number of balls is updated by adding to the number of balls, and a notification of completion of adding the number of balls including the number of balls after the addition update, the number of stored balls after the subtraction update, and the membership card ID included in the received request for adding the number of balls To the card unit 3 that sent the addition request To reply to. At this time, the management computer 150 updates the number of balls stored in the unit management table corresponding to the device ID included in the received number-of-balls addition request to the number of balls after the addition update.

  The control unit 328 updates the number of balls and the number of stored balls in the card table to the number of balls and the number of stored balls included in the received notification of completion of adding the number of balls in response to receiving the notification of completion of adding the number of balls. To do.

  By doing so, the member player once pays out the number of accumulated balls in the pachinko machine 2 by the re-playing operation, and throws out the paid-out pachinko balls from the lower plate 24 to the input unit 345 for counting. Without adding to the number, the desired number of stored balls can be added to the number of holding balls easily and quickly, and can be used for distribution.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step Sf1 that the number of possessed balls is not 0, the process proceeds to step Sf2- to perform a sortable ball number specifying process for specifying the number of balls that can be sorted.

  In this assignable ball number specifying process, as in the above-described step of Sf21 +, it is determined whether or not direct distribution permission from the number of stored balls is set based on the distribution setting information, and direct distribution permission is set. If not, the number of balls currently held, that is, the number of balls held in the card table is specified as the number of balls that can be distributed, while direct allocation permission is set and the membership card is being accepted. The total number obtained by adding the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of fees from the number of stored balls when the total number of stored balls is distributed to the number of held balls to the number of held balls is specified as the number of balls that can be distributed.

  Then, the process proceeds to the step of Sf2, and as shown in FIG. 42 (a), as shown in FIG. 42 (a), the distribution ball number acceptance screen including the number of balls (in the case of direct distribution non-permitted) specified by the distributionable ball number specifying process of Sf2- As shown in FIG. 42 (h), the distribution ball number acceptance screen including the integrated allocatable ball number (at the time of direct distribution permission) specified by the distributionable ball number specifying process of Sf2- is displayed on the display unit 312. Then, the number of balls to be distributed to the distribution destination (the number of balls to be distributed) is received from the player.

  As shown in FIG. 42 (a) and FIG. 42 (h), in the sorting ball number acceptance screen of this embodiment, a sortable ball number display portion for displaying the number of balls that can be used for sorting, and a sorting ball. When the number of sorting balls for inputting the number, the selection input unit for “Decision”, the selection input unit for “Cancel” for interrupting the process, and the card being accepted are membership cards, The selection input part of “use of stored ball” operated when adding the number to the number of possessed balls (only when direct allocation is not permitted in FIG. 42 (a)), ten keys from 0 to 9, “half”, “ And an operation unit composed of “1/4” and “fraction” keys, and the player selects and inputs these numeric keys and “half”, “1/4”, and “fraction” keys. The desired number of balls to be sorted is input to the number of balls to be sorted.

  In addition, when the “Half” key is selected and entered, the number of balls that are displayed in the number of balls that can be distributed or the number of balls that is half of the number of balls that can be distributed (rounded down if not divisible) is distributed. When the number of balls is automatically entered and the “1/4” key is selected and entered, the number of balls held or 1/4 of the number of balls that can be distributed (rounded down if not divisible) is assigned. When the number of balls is automatically entered and the “fraction” key is selected and entered, the number of balls held or the number of balls less than 1000 of the integrated sortable balls is automatically entered into the sorting ball number input unit. .

  In addition, when the selection input section of “use of storage ball” is selected and input on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the selection input of “use of storage ball” is detected in step Sf3 and proceeds to Sf21, as described above. In addition, on the condition that the card being accepted is a membership card and direct allocation permission is not set, the number-of-balls adding process (Sf23) for adding the number of balls to the number of balls is executed. The number of balls that can be used for sorting can be increased easily and quickly.

  Further, when the player inputs a desired number of balls to be allocated to the allocation ball number input unit and then selects and inputs a “decision” selection input unit, the step of Sf4 is performed according to the selection input of the “decision” In this case, it is determined whether or not the number of balls to be allocated received at the number of balls to be allocated is equal to or less than the number of balls, and if it is not less than the number of balls to be allocated, that is, the number of balls to be allocated to the number of balls to be allocated Is insufficient, the process of steps Sf25 to Sf29 described later is performed. If the number is less than the number of balls, the process proceeds to step Sf5, and as shown in FIG. For the computer 150, the device ID of the card unit 3, the (member) card ID of the card being received, the number of balls received in the ball number input unit, and the current time stored in the card table Including the number of holding balls To send a distribution license request.

  In response to receiving this distribution permission request, the management computer 150 associates the (member) card ID included in the received distribution permission request with the number of balls stored in the member saving management table or the visitor saving management table, Compare the number of possessed balls included in the received distribution permission request, and if both do not match, the number of retained balls in the member saving management table or visitor saving management table and the holding ball corresponding to the received device ID in the unit management table The number is updated to the number of balls included in the received distribution permission request.

  Then, in the above-described distribution setting screen (see FIG. 24A), it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the total number limit for distribution, and “Yes” is set as the total number limit for distribution. , The total number of pachinko balls distributed (total) distributed in the game hall during the period set as the totaling period on the distribution setting screen, for example, in one day, all distributions including the date of that day in the distribution history table It is specified by summing up the number of balls in the history and the number of balls stored. In the present embodiment, the total number (total) of these distributions is calculated at the time of receiving the distribution permission request. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and these totals are performed in advance. You may make it keep.

  Then, the total number of distributions (total) after adding the number of balls to be distributed (number of balls to be distributed) included in the received distribution permission request to the specified total number of distributions (total) It is determined whether or not the limit number set in is exceeded.

  Furthermore, in the above-mentioned distribution setting screen, it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set for the distribution source upper limit, and if “Yes” is set for the distribution source upper limit, it is set as the aggregation target period. The total number of pachinko balls distributed (distribution source) distributed from the card specified from the (member) card ID included in the received distribution permission request that becomes the distribution source card, for example, in one day that is the distribution period, It is specified by summing the number of balls that have been sorted and the number of balls that have been sorted in all sorting histories that include the (member) card ID that is included in the received sorting permission request, including the date of the current day.

  In the case of counting the total number of distributions (distribution source), if the card ID is the visitor card ID, the latest issue date and time stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID The date and time when the visitor card was last issued is specified, and only the distribution history including date and time information after the specified last issued date and time is included in the counting target. The total number of distribution (distribution source) that is distributed from the player who issued the last visitor card is accurately specified.

  Then, the total number of distribution (distribution source) after adding the number of distribution balls (number of distributed balls) included in the received distribution permission request to the specified total distribution number (distribution source) is the distribution source upper limit on the distribution setting screen. It is determined whether or not the limit number set in the limit item is exceeded.

  In any of these determinations, if any of the limit numbers is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is impossible including the card ID included in the received distribution permission request is returned. When replying that these sorts cannot be made, the total number of sorting (total) before adding the number of sorting balls included in the received sorting permission request (total) and the difference number (whole) between the limit and the received sorting permission request When the total number of distribution balls (distribution source) before adding the number of balls to be distributed included in the number and the difference number (distribution source) between the limit numbers are calculated, and these difference numbers are both positive values, The smaller difference number is specified as the assignable number, and an unassignable message including the specified assignable number is returned.

  On the other hand, when both “no” is set in the distribution total number limit and the distribution source upper limit limit, and “Yes” is set in the distribution total number limit and / or the distribution source upper limit limit, the limit number is set. If it is determined that it does not exceed, a distribution permission including the (member) card ID included in the received distribution permission request is returned.

  In step Sf6, the control unit 328 determines whether or not the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission. If the reply is not possible, the control unit 328 determines “No” in the step Sf6 and determines that the reply is Sf24. As shown in FIG. 42 (f), the limit ball including the display of the number of balls that can be distributed included in the received non-distributable number is displayed on the display unit 312 by proceeding to the above step and performing the limit ball number error screen display. After displaying the number error screen and notifying the player of the number of balls that can be distributed, the process returns to the step of Sf2.

  At this time, on the sorting ball number acceptance screen displayed on the display unit 312 in the sorting ball number acceptance process of Sf2, the number of balls that can be sorted included in the received non-sortable ball number is displayed on the sortable ball number display unit. Since the player can grasp the number of balls that can be allocated on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the player can input the number of balls that can be allocated again as the number of balls to be distributed in step Sf2. It is possible to avoid repeated and limit ball number error.

  On the other hand, if the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission, “Yes” is determined in step Sf6, the process proceeds to step Sf7, and a card insertion enabling instruction is output to the card reader / writer 327. , While allowing the insertion of a new card into the card insertion slot 309, as shown in FIG. 42 (b), a display section for the number of balls to be distributed, a display section for a message prompting the insertion of a distribution destination card, and a distribution After a new issue acceptance screen having a new issue selection input unit for accepting a new issue operation of a visitor card when there is no previous card is displayed on the display unit 312, a transition is made to a monitoring state in which the steps of Sf8 and Sf9 are circulated. Then, it is monitored whether there is a selection input from the new issue selection input unit or whether a new card is inserted into the card insertion slot 309.

  When the player who is the distribution destination does not have a visitor card or membership card, it is only necessary to select and input a new issue selection input section. When the new issue selection input section is selected and input, When the selection input is detected as being accepted in step Sf8, the process proceeds to step Sf10 and it is determined whether or not the card being accepted is a member card. If the card is not a member card, that is, the card being accepted is a visitor card. If it is, the process proceeds to Sf11 to perform the visitor issue distribution process. On the other hand, if the accepted card is a member card, the process proceeds to Sf12 to perform the member issue distribution process.

  In the visitor issuance distribution process of Sf11, the control unit 328 first stores and holds the receiving visitor card at the retreat position on the card insertion port 309 side of the card reader / writer 327, and at the same time within the predetermined card reader / writer 327. The visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is moved to the read position, and the card ID of the visitor card is read and temporarily stored.

  The issuance including the read card ID (new), the card ID (old) of the visitor card saved at the save position stored in the card table, the number of balls to be sorted, and the device ID of the card unit 3 A distribution request is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to reception of this issue distribution request, the management computer 150 includes the visitor card ID (new) and card ID (old) in the received issue distribution request, that is, the card IDs of the two visitor cards. Is determined to be a visitor issue distribution process in which a visitor card is exchanged, and the holding balls stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID (old) included in the received issue distribution request The number and the latest issue date and time, and subtracting and updating the distribution ball number included in the issued distribution request received from the specified number of holding balls, and the number of holding balls after the subtraction update and the specified latest issue date and time The number of coins stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID (new) included in the issued issuance distribution request and the latest issuance date / time Was 憶, the "0" to the number lifting balls stored in the visitor savings management table in association with the card ID (old), updates and stores the date and time of the point to the latest issue date.

  In addition, the card ID (new) is updated and stored in the “acceptance ID” data corresponding to the device ID included in the issued distribution request received in the unit management table, and the number of allocated balls in the “number of possessed balls” data. The number of balls that have been subtracted is updated and stored.

  The distribution history includes the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the card ID (old) as the distribution destination card, and the card ID (new) as the distribution source card. After registering a distribution history including “1” indicating “number of holding balls”, “0” indicating no use acceptance, “−” indicating “not included” in the number of distributed storage balls and the number of commission balls in the distribution history table , Reply the issue distribution completion notification.

  In response to the receipt of the issuance distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of allocated balls by subtracting from the number of balls in the card table, and also stores the temporarily stored card ID (new) and the card table. A card exchange request including the existing card ID (old) and the prepaid balance is transmitted to the system controller 100.

  In response to receiving this card exchange request, the system controller 100 identifies the prepaid balance and the latest issue date and time stored in the visitor card table in association with the card ID (old), and the identified prepaid balance has been received. The prepaid balance and the latest issuance date are stored in the prepaid balance and the latest issuance date corresponding to the card ID (new) included in the received issuance distribution request, on condition that the prepaid balance matches. The corresponding “situation” is updated to “in use”, the prepaid balance stored in association with the card ID (old) is set to “0”, and the date and time at that time is updated and stored in the latest issue date, Reply notification of card exchange completion.

  In other words, in order to use the visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 as the distribution source card, and newly issue the visitor card that has been received up to that point, the data is reassigned. To do.

  In response to the reception of the card exchange completion notification, the control unit 328 updates and stores the temporarily stored card ID (new) in the card ID of the card table, and for the card with the card ID (new), After the prepaid balance and the number of possessions stored in the card table are written and stored, the card storage unit 370 temporarily retracts the card with the card ID (new) so that the standby position on the card insertion slot 309 side The visitor card with the card ID (old) held in is moved to the predetermined reading position, the prepaid balance and the number of balls are updated to “0”, and the distribution flag is updated to “1” indicating that there is a distribution To do.

  After these updates are completed, the visitor card with the card ID (old), that is, the visitor card being accepted at the time of accepting the sorting operation is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 and saved in the card storage unit 370. The card with the new card ID (new) is moved to a predetermined reading position, and a message “Please take out the issued visitor card” is displayed on the display unit 312 as shown in FIG. The displayed visitor card is displayed until it is removed from the card insertion slot 309, and the visitor issue distribution process is terminated. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  Thus, in the visitor issue distribution process of the present embodiment, the visitor card that was being accepted at the time of accepting the distribution operation is issued as the visitor card of the distribution destination, so the player can In order to issue a visitor card, it is necessary to eject the visitor card that was being accepted at the time of accepting the distribution operation, issue a new visitor card, and insert the visitor card again after the issuance is completed. ), The visitor card can be issued smoothly and the visitor card once discharged is not lost.

  Note that these issued visitor cards are inserted into another card unit 3 as described above, so that the number of allocated balls is added to the number of balls, and the display unit 312 displays a new number of balls. Is displayed, the number of possessed balls can be paid out by operating the payout button 311.

  In addition, in the member issuance distribution process of Sf12, the control unit 328 first stores and holds the member card being received at the retreat position on the card insertion port 309 side of the card reader / writer 327, and in the card reader / writer 327. The visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is moved to the predetermined reading position, and the card ID of the visitor card is read out and temporarily stored.

  Then, an issuance distribution request including the read card ID, the membership card ID stored in the card table, the number of distributed balls, and the device ID of the card unit 3 is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receipt of this issue distribution request, the management computer 150 determines that it is a member issue distribution process by including the visitor card ID and member card ID in the received issue distribution request, and receives the issued issue The number of possessed balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the membership card ID included in the distribution request is specified, and the number of allocated retained balls included in the issued distribution distribution request is subtracted and updated from the specified number of retained balls In addition, “0” is stored in the number of balls stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID of the visitor card included in the issued issuance distribution request, and the current date and time is updated and stored. .

  Further, the “number of possessed balls” data corresponding to the device ID included in the issued distribution request received in the unit management table is updated to the number of retained balls after the number of allocated balls is subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received issue distribution request, the card ID as the distribution destination card, the member card ID as the distribution source card, and “1” indicating the issue After the distribution history is registered in the distribution history table, the distribution is completed after the distribution history including “0” indicating the number of balls to be distributed, “0” indicating no use acceptance, and “−” indicating the absence of distribution balls and fees Reply to notification.

  In response to receipt of this issuance distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of distributed balls from the number of cards in the card table and updates the system controller with a distribution issuance request including the card ID of the visitor card temporarily stored. To 100.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue request, the system controller 100 sets “0” to the prepaid balance stored in the visitor card table in association with the card ID included in the received distribution issue request, and the latest issue date and time Is updated and stored in the “status”, and a distribution issue completion notification is returned.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, the control unit 328 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution.

  Then, a reservation for use request including the membership card ID stored in the card table is transmitted to the system controller 100 to disable use of the membership card in another card unit 3, and then the card insertion slot 309. The membership card held at the standby position on the side is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 and, as shown in FIG. 42 (d), “When the returned membership card is taken out, a visitor card for distribution is issued. Is displayed on the display unit 312 to prompt the user to take out the ejected membership card.

  When the member player removes his / her member card from the card insertion slot 309 in response to the display of this message, the visitor card is immediately ejected from the card insertion slot 309 in response to the removal, and FIG. As shown in FIG. 5, a message “Please take out the issued visitor card” is displayed on the display unit 312.

  The member player takes out the visitor card discharged to the card insertion slot 309 and hands it to another player who distributes the card, and inserts his member card through the card insertion slot 309 again.

  In response to the insertion of the membership card, the control unit 328 determines whether or not the membership card ID read from the re-inserted membership card matches the membership card ID stored in the card table. Sometimes, the card is returned to shift to an error notification state in which an error is notified to a staff member. On the other hand, when they match, the member issue distribution process is terminated.

On the other hand, when a new card is inserted into the card insertion slot 309 in the monitoring state at the steps Sf8 and Sf9, the insertion of the card is detected at the step Sf9, and the process proceeds to the step Sf14. The card is moved to the card storage unit 370 to be withdrawn, and the record information of the newly inserted card is read to determine whether or not the newly inserted card is a membership card.

  If the newly inserted card is a membership card, the process proceeds to step Sf15. Further, it is determined whether or not the distribution source card received before the card is inserted is a membership card. If the card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf16, where a member-to-member distribution process in which the distribution source card is a member card and the distribution destination card is also a member card is executed and the card is inserted. If the distribution source card received in step S3 is not a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf17, and a visitor-to-member distribution process is performed in which the distribution source card is a visitor card and the distribution destination card is a member card.

  On the other hand, if the newly inserted card is a visitor card, the process proceeds to step Sf18, and further, it is determined whether or not the distribution source card received before the card is inserted is a membership card. If the distribution source card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf19, and a member-to-visitor distribution process is performed in which the distribution source card is a member card and the distribution destination card is a visitor card, and the card is inserted. If the distribution source card received before the distribution is not a membership card, the process proceeds to step Sf20, and a visitor-visitor distribution process is performed in which the distribution source card is a visitor card and the distribution destination card is also a visitor card. .

  In the member-to-member distribution process of Sf16 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), the control unit 328 reads the device ID of the card unit 3 and the member card ID read from the inserted distribution destination member card. A distribution request including (distribution destination), the member card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source member card stored in the card table, and the number of distributed balls is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receiving this distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. In this case, the member card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request is included as a distribution destination card, and it is searched whether there is a distribution history whose use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance.

  If it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is not returned is returned, while if it does not exist by the search and the continuous distribution restriction is set to “not”. In this case, it is further determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit on the above-mentioned distribution setting screen. If “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit, the total is calculated. The total number of pachinko balls distributed to the card specified from the membership card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in the period set as the target period (for example, one day) All) including the membership card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request as the distribution destination card. Identifying by summing the sorting lifting piece count and distribution 貯玉 number of distribution history.

  Then, the total number of distribution (distribution destination) after adding the number of balls to be distributed included in the received distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is set in the item of distribution destination upper limit on the distribution setting screen It is determined whether or not the limit number is exceeded.

  In the determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is impossible including the membership card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts are impossible, calculate the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the difference number (sorting destination) before adding the number of holding balls included in the received sort request, When the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as a allocable number, and a non-assignable value including the specified allocable number is returned. After the same error screen is displayed, the process returns to the step of Sf 2, and the distribution ball number acceptance screen having the possible allocation number included in the non-distributable number returned is displayed on the display unit 312. Then, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the number of balls that can be distributed is input again as the number of balls to be distributed, so that the distribution can be reliably received.

  On the other hand, when the limit number is not exceeded and when “No” is set in the distribution destination upper limit, the member saving management table is associated with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request. Identifies the number of held balls, updates the number of allocated balls included in the received allocation request from the specified number of held balls, and corresponds to the device ID included in the allocated request received in the unit management table The data of the “number of balls” to be updated is updated to the number of balls after the number of allocated balls is subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the member card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card The distribution history includes “0” indicating non-issuance, “0” indicating the number of balls to be distributed, “0” indicating that there is no usage acceptance, and “−” indicating that there is no distribution storage ball number and commission ball number. After registering in the table, a distribution completion notification including the membership card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of allocated balls by subtracting the number of allocated balls from the number of cards in the card table and updates the distribution flag of the distribution destination member card to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. Return the member card of the distribution source which has been returned from the card insertion slot 309 and temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 to a predetermined reading position, and on the display unit 312, as shown in FIG. The message “Please take the card that has been removed” is displayed to prompt the user to take out the returned member card of the distribution destination, and the member-to-member distribution process ends. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  When the returned membership card of the distribution destination is inserted into another card unit 3, the number of allocated balls stored in the distribution history table is added to the number of balls and can be used. The history of addition of the number of balls is stored in the counting / payout history table, and the added number of balls and the rate are stored and managed in the ball type table.

  In the visitor-member distribution process of Sf17 of the present embodiment, the control unit 328, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), reads the device ID of the card unit 3 and the member card ID read from the inserted distribution destination member card. A distribution request including the (distribution destination), the card ID (distribution source) of the visitor card stored in the card table, and the number of balls to be distributed is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receiving this distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. In this case, it is searched whether there is a distribution history that includes the member card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request and whose use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance.

  When it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned, and when it does not exist by the search and the continuous distribution restriction is set to “No” In addition, it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit in the above-mentioned distribution setting screen, and if “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit, The total number of pachinko balls distributed to the card specified from the member card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in the period set as the period (for example, one day) ) For all distributions that include the current day's date and the membership card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request. Only identified by summing the sorting lifting piece count and distribution 貯玉 number of history.

  Then, the total number of distribution (distribution destination) after adding the number of balls to be distributed included in the received distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is set in the item of distribution destination upper limit on the distribution setting screen It is determined whether or not the limit number is exceeded.

  In this determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is impossible including the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts are impossible, calculate the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the difference number (sorting destination) before adding the number of holding balls included in the received sort request, When the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as a allocable number, and a non-assignable value including the specified allocable number is returned. After the same error screen is displayed, the process returns to the step of Sf 2, and the distribution ball number acceptance screen having the possible allocation number included in the non-distributable number returned is displayed on the display unit 312. Then, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the number of balls that can be distributed is input again as the number of balls to be distributed, so that the distribution can be reliably received.

  On the other hand, when the limit number is not exceeded and when the distribution destination upper limit is set to “No”, the restriction is stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request. The number of held balls is specified, the number of allocated balls included in the received distribution request is subtracted from the specified number of held balls, and the device ID included in the received distribution request is received in the unit management table. The data of “number of balls” is updated to the number of balls after subtracting and updating the number of balls to be distributed.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the member card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card, A distribution history table including a distribution history including “0” indicating non-issuance, “0” indicating the number of balls to be distributed, “0” indicating no use acceptance, and “−” indicating “none” in the number of distribution storage balls and commission balls. After registration, the distribution completion notification including the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of allocated balls by subtracting the number of allocated balls from the number of cards in the card table and updates the distribution flag of the distribution destination member card to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. The return visitor card returned from the card insertion slot 309 and temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 is returned to a predetermined reading position, and “return” is displayed on the display unit 312 as shown in FIG. Please take out the received card "to prompt the user to take out the returned member card for distribution, and the visitor-member distribution process is terminated. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  When the returned membership card of the distribution destination is inserted into another card unit 3, the number of allocated balls stored in the distribution history table is added to the number of balls and can be used. The history of addition of the number of balls is stored in the counting / payout history table, and the added number of balls and the rate are stored and managed in the ball type table.

  In the member-to-visitor distribution process of Sf19 of this embodiment, the control unit 328, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), the device ID of the card unit 3 and the card ID (from the inserted distribution-destination visitor card) The distribution request including the distribution destination), the member card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source member card stored in the card table, and the number of balls to be distributed is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receiving this distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. In this case, it is searched whether there is a distribution history that includes the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request as a distribution destination card and whose use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance.

  If it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is not returned is returned, while if it does not exist by the search and the continuous distribution restriction is set to “not”. In this case, it is further determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit on the above-mentioned distribution setting screen. If “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit, the total is calculated. The total number of pachinko balls distributed to the card specified from the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in the period set as the target period (for example, one day) ) Is a distribution history including the date of the day and the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request as a distribution destination card. What is specified by summing the distribution number lifting balls of the distribution history including the date and time information since the last issue date in association with the said card ID (distribution destination) is stored in the visitor savings management table.

  Then, the total number of distribution (distribution destination) after adding the number of balls to be distributed included in the received distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is set in the item of distribution destination upper limit on the distribution setting screen It is determined whether or not the limit number is exceeded.

  In the determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is impossible including the membership card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts are impossible, calculate the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the difference number (sorting destination) before adding the number of holding balls included in the received sort request, When the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as a allocable number, and a non-assignable value including the specified allocable number is returned. After the same error screen is displayed, the process returns to the step of Sf 2, and the distribution ball number acceptance screen having the possible allocation number included in the non-distributable number returned is displayed on the display unit 312. Then, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the number of balls that can be distributed is input again as the number of balls to be distributed, so that the distribution can be reliably received.

  On the other hand, when the limit number is not exceeded and when “No” is set in the distribution destination upper limit, the member saving management table is associated with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request. Identifies the number of held balls, updates the number of allocated balls included in the received allocation request from the specified number of held balls, and corresponds to the device ID included in the allocated request received in the unit management table The data of the “number of balls” to be updated is updated to the number of balls after the number of allocated balls is subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card, A distribution history table including a distribution history including “0” indicating non-issuance, “0” indicating the number of balls to be distributed, “0” indicating no use acceptance, and “−” indicating “none” in the number of distribution storage balls and commission balls. After registration, the distribution completion notification including the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of allocated balls from the number of cards in the card table and updates the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. Return the member card of the distribution source which has been returned from the card insertion slot 309 and temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 to a predetermined reading position, and on the display unit 312, as shown in FIG. The message “Please take out the card that has been issued” is displayed to prompt the user to take out the returned visitor card, and the member-to-visitor distribution process ends. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  The returned visitor visitor card is inserted into the other card unit 3 so that the number of allocated balls stored in the distribution history table is added to the number of balls and can be used. The history of addition of the number of balls is stored in the counting / payout history table, and the added number of balls and the rate are stored and managed in the ball type table.

  In the visitor-to-visitor distribution process of Sf20 of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), the control unit 328 has the device ID of the card unit 3 and the card ID read from the inserted distribution-destination visitor card ( A distribution request including the distribution destination), the card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source visitor card stored in the card table, and the number of distributed balls is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receiving this distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. In this case, it is searched whether there is a distribution history that includes the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request as a distribution destination card and whose use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance.

  When it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned, and when it does not exist by the search and the continuous distribution restriction is set to “No” In addition, it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit in the above-mentioned distribution setting screen, and if “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit, The total number of pachinko balls distributed to the visitor card specified from the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in the period set as the period (for example, one day) ) Including the date of the current day and including the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request as the distribution destination card A is, it identifies by summing the distribution number lifting balls of the distribution history including the date and time information since the last issue date in association with the said card ID (distribution destination) is stored in the visitor savings management table.

  Then, the total number of distribution (distribution destination) after adding the number of balls to be distributed included in the received distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is set in the item of distribution destination upper limit on the distribution setting screen It is determined whether or not the limit number is exceeded.

  In this determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is impossible including the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts are impossible, calculate the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the difference number (sorting destination) before adding the number of holding balls included in the received sort request, When the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as a allocable number, and a non-assignable value including the specified allocable number is returned. After the same error screen is displayed, the process returns to the step of Sf 2, and the distribution ball number acceptance screen having the possible allocation number included in the non-distributable number returned is displayed on the display unit 312. Then, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the number of balls that can be distributed is input again as the number of balls to be distributed, so that the distribution can be reliably received.

  On the other hand, when the limit number is not exceeded and when the distribution destination upper limit is set to “No”, the restriction is stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request. The number of held balls is specified, the number of allocated balls included in the received distribution request is subtracted from the specified number of held balls, and the device ID included in the received distribution request is received in the unit management table. The data of “number of balls” is updated to the number of balls after subtracting and updating the number of balls to be distributed.

  As the distribution history, the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, the card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card, non- The distribution history table includes a distribution history including “0” indicating issue, “0” indicating the number of holding balls, “0” indicating no use acceptance, and “−” indicating “not included” in the number of storage and handling balls. After registration, a distribution completion notification including the card ID (distribution source) included in the received distribution request is returned.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of allocated balls from the number of cards in the card table and updates the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. The return visitor card returned from the card insertion slot 309 and temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 is returned to a predetermined reading position, and “return” is displayed on the display unit 312 as shown in FIG. Please take out the received card "message, prompt the user to take out the returned visitor card, and end the visitor-visitor distribution process. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  The returned visitor visitor card is inserted into the other card unit 3 so that the number of allocated balls stored in the distribution history table is added to the number of balls and can be used. The history of addition of the number of balls is stored in the counting / payout history table, and the added number of balls and the rate are stored and managed in the ball type table.

  Here, in the determination in step Sf4, when the number of balls to be allocated is not less than the number of balls to be held, that is, when the number of balls to be allocated is insufficient with respect to the number of balls to be allocated, Sf25 to Sf29 are performed. The process of the step will be described. In these processes, first, whether or not the accepted card is a membership card (Sf25), whether or not permission for direct distribution from the number of stored balls is set (Sf26), In addition, the number of balls that are insufficient with respect to the number of balls to be allocated and the fee that is required when changing the number of balls in the shortage to the number of balls (in this embodiment, the same as the replay fee described above) It is sequentially determined whether or not the player owns the number of stored balls that is equal to or greater than the total number (the number of commission balls) (Sf27).

  If any one of these determinations of Sf25 to Sf27 is negative (No), the process proceeds to step Sf29 to display the number-of-balls error screen of FIG. The player is informed that the player is playing, and the “input” selection input section of the number-of-balls error screen returns to the step Sf2- in response to the selection input by the player. The number of balls that can be sorted is specified, and the number of balls to be sorted is received. If it is desired to terminate the process, “cancel” may be selected and input on the number-of-balls error screen.

  Further, when all the determinations of steps Sf25 to Sf27 are Yes, the process proceeds to step Sf28 to confirm whether the number of stored balls can be used for the allocation of the shortage of balls. The confirmation acceptance screen shown in (c) is displayed on the display unit 312 and a confirmation acceptance process is accepted from the player.

  This confirmation acceptance screen displays a message indicating that the number of possessed balls is insufficient, the number of balls that are insufficient, and the number of subtraction balls (the number of shortages) that is subtracted from the number of stored balls by the distribution of the number of balls that are insufficient. + Number of commission balls) and a confirmation message confirming whether the number of stored balls can be used to distribute the shortage of balls, and a selection input section for “OK” and “NG” is provided. The player selects and inputs the “OK” selection input section when the number of stored balls may be used to distribute the shortage of balls, while the player uses the number of stored balls to distribute the shortage of balls. If you do not want to do so, you can select and input the selection input section of “NG”.

  Then, it is determined in step Sf28 'which selection input part of "OK" or "NG" on the confirmation acceptance screen is selected and input. If the selection input part of "NG" is selected and input, the shortage Returning to the step of Sf2- as storage ball use NG, the number of balls that can be distributed is specified again and the number of balls to be distributed is accepted. On the other hand, if the selection input section of “OK” is selected and input, the shortage By shifting to the step of Sf50, which is C in FIG. 37, as the amount-saving-ball use OK, the insufficient number of balls to be distributed is automatically distributed from the number of balls to be stored.

  In this step of Sf50, first, the management computer 150 stores in the card table the device ID of the card unit 3, the member card ID being received, the number of distribution balls received in the distribution ball number input unit, and the card table. An integrated distribution permission request including the number of currently held balls is transmitted (see FIG. 38A).

  In response to the reception of the integrated distribution permission request, the management computer 150 associates the membership card ID included in the received integrated distribution permission request with the number of balls stored in the member saving management table and the received integrated distribution permission. When the number of possessed balls included in the request is compared and both do not match, the number of retained balls in the member savings management table and the number of retained balls corresponding to the received device ID in the unit management table are received. Update to the number of possessions included in.

  Furthermore, the number of stored balls and the number of possessed balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received integrated distribution permission request are specified, and the distribution balls included in the received integrated distribution permission request Fees required when the number of balls in the difference obtained by subtracting the number of balls from the number is specified as the number of missing balls, and the number of stored balls is changed to the number of shortage balls and the number of stored balls in the shortage number of balls Make sure that the total number is equal to or more than the number of balls. When the number of stored balls is not equal to or greater than the total number of shortage balls and commission balls, a reply indicating that the member card ID included in the received integrated ball distribution permission request is not distributed is returned.

  Then, in the above-described distribution setting screen (see FIG. 24A), it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the total number limit for distribution, and “Yes” is set as the total number limit for distribution. As described above, the total distribution number (entire) of the pachinko balls distributed in the game hall in the period set as the total target period is specified, and the received total distribution is received in the specified total distribution number (total). It is determined whether or not the total number of allocations (total) after adding the number of allocation balls (number of allocation storage balls) included in the permission request exceeds the limit number set in the item of total allocation limit.

  Furthermore, in the distribution setting screen described above, it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set for the distribution source upper limit, and when “Yes” is set for the distribution source upper limit, as described above, Specify the total number of distribution of pachinko balls (distribution source) distributed from the membership card specified from the membership card ID included in the received integrated distribution permission request that becomes the distribution source card during the period set as the aggregation target period The total number of distributions (distribution source) after adding the number of distribution balls (number of distribution storage balls) included in the received integrated distribution permission request to the specified total distribution number (distribution source) is the distribution source upper limit on the distribution setting screen. It is determined whether or not the limit number set in the limit item is exceeded.

  On the other hand, when both “no” is set in the distribution total number limit and the distribution source upper limit limit, and “Yes” is set in the distribution total number limit and / or the distribution source upper limit limit, the limit number is set. If it is determined that it does not exceed, a distribution permission including the membership card ID included in the received integrated distribution permission request is returned.

  The control unit 328 determines whether or not the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission in the step of Sf51, and if it is impossible to distribute, it is determined as “No” and proceeds to the step of Sf59. Similarly to the limit ball number error screen shown in FIG. 42 (f), the limit ball number error screen including the display of the number of balls that can be distributed included in the received non-distributable ball is displayed to notify the player of the number of balls that can be allocated. Thereafter, the process returns to the step of Sf21- which is A in FIG.

  At this time, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen displayed on the display unit 312, the number of balls that can be allocated included in the received non-distributable ball number is displayed on the distributionable ball number display unit. Since the number of balls that can be distributed can be grasped on the screen for receiving the number of distributed balls, by inputting the number of balls that can be distributed again as the number of balls that can be distributed in the step of Sf31, it is possible to repeatedly and Can be avoided.

  On the other hand, if the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission, “Yes” is determined in the step of Sf51, the process proceeds to the step of Sf52, and a card insertion enabling instruction is output to the card reader / writer 327. 42, the insertion of a new card into the card insertion slot 309 is permitted, and a message card prompting insertion of the distribution destination card shown in FIG. 42B and a new visitor card when there is no distribution destination card After a new issue acceptance screen having a new issue selection input unit for accepting an issue operation is displayed on the display unit 312, a transition is made to a monitoring state in which the steps of Sf 53 and Sf 54 are cycled, and the selection input of the new issue selection input unit is performed. And whether a new card is inserted into the card insertion slot 309 is monitored.

  If the player who is the distribution destination does not have a visitor card or membership card and the new issue selection input section is selected and input, the selection input is detected as being accepted at step Sf54. Proceeding to step Sf58, automatic issue insufficient distribution processing with visitor card issue is performed.

  In this issuance-deficient automatic distribution process, the control unit 328 first stores and holds the member card that is being received in a retreat position on the card insertion port 309 side of the card reader / writer 327 and a predetermined number in the card reader / writer 327. The visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is moved to the reading position, and the card ID of the visitor card is read out and temporarily stored.

  Then, the number of balls in the card table is set as the number of balls to be sorted, and the number of shortage balls that is the difference between the number of balls to be sorted and the number of balls held is specified as the number of balls to be sorted and stored, and the card ID read above And an issuance-deficient automatic distribution request including the membership card ID stored in the card table, the specified number of allocated balls and allocated storage balls, and the device ID of the card unit 3 to the management computer 150. .

  In the present embodiment, for the purpose of reducing the processing load and communication load in the management computer 150, only one distribution request can be obtained by including both the number of balls that are allocated and the number of allocated storage balls in the automatic issue request for insufficient issue. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the issue distribution request including the number of distributed balls and the issue direct distribution request including the number of distributed storage balls described later are individually provided. It goes without saying that the management computer 150 may separately execute the distribution process of the number of possessed balls from the number of possessed balls and the distribution process of the insufficient number of balls from the stored number of balls. Yes.

  In response to receiving this issuance insufficient automatic distribution request, the management computer 150 determines the number of balls and the number of accumulated balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received issuance automatic distribution request. The number of assigned balls included in the issued shortage automatic allocation request received from the specified number of held balls is subtracted and updated, that is, “0”, and is included in the issued shortage automatic distribution request received from the specified number of stored balls The card ID of the visitor card that becomes the distribution destination card included in the issued direct distribution request while subtracting and updating the number of distribution storage balls and the number of commission balls required to transfer the distribution storage number to the number of possessions “0” is stored in the number of possessed balls stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the date and the current date and time are updated and stored in the latest issue date and time.

  Then, as the distribution history, issue the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received automatic insufficient distribution request, the card ID of the visitor card as the distribution destination card, and the membership card ID as the distribution source card. After registering a distribution history including “1” indicating “number of holding balls”, “number of allocated storage balls”, “number of handling balls”, and “0” indicating non-use acceptance in the distribution history table, an issue distribution completion notification is issued. Send back.

  In response to receiving this issuance distribution completion notice, the control unit 328 distributes the number of balls in the card table to the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of balls in the distribution table, and subtracts the number of stored balls in the card table and the number of balls in the commission. The system controller 100 performs the same processing as when the distribution issue request is received by sending the distribution issue request including the card ID of the visitor card temporarily stored to the system controller 100. And return a distribution issuance completion notification.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, the control unit 328 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution.

  Then, a reservation for use request including the membership card ID stored in the card table is transmitted to the system controller 100 to disable use of the membership card in another card unit 3, and then the card insertion slot 309. The membership card held at the standby position on the side is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 and temporarily returned, and as shown in FIG. 42 (d), “When the returned membership card is taken out, The message “Card will be issued” is displayed on the display unit 312 to prompt the user to take out the ejected member card.

  When the member player removes his / her member card from the card insertion slot 309 in response to the display of this message, the visitor card is immediately ejected from the card insertion slot 309 in response to the removal, and FIG. As shown in FIG. 5, a message “Please take out the issued visitor card” is displayed on the display unit 312.

  The member player takes out the visitor card discharged to the card insertion slot 309 and hands it to another player who distributes the card, and inserts his / her member card through the card insertion slot 309 again.

  In response to the insertion of the membership card, the control unit 328 determines whether or not the membership card ID read from the re-inserted membership card matches the membership card ID stored in the card table. Sometimes, the card is returned to shift to an error notification state in which an error is notified to a staff member.

On the other hand, if there is a new card inserted into the card insertion slot 309 in the monitoring state at the steps Sf53 and Sf54, the insertion of the card is detected at the step Sf53, and the process proceeds to the step Sf55. The membership card is moved to the card storage unit 370 to be withdrawn, and the record information of the newly inserted card is read to determine whether or not the newly inserted card is a membership card.

  If the newly inserted card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf56 to execute the member shortage automatic distribution process. On the other hand, if the newly inserted card is not a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf57. Implement automatic visitor shortage distribution process.

  In the member shortage automatic distribution process of Sf56 of this embodiment, the control unit 328 sets the number of balls in the card table as the number of balls to be distributed and the number of balls that are the difference between the number of balls allocated and the number of balls received. As the number of allocated storage balls, the device ID of the card unit 3, the membership card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted membership card of the allocation destination, and the membership card of the allocation source stored in the card table A member shortage automatic distribution request including the member card ID (distribution source), the specified number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls is transmitted to the management computer 150. In addition, like the above-mentioned automatic issue shortage allocation request, these automatic member shortage allocation requests may be individually transmitted as a distribution request including the number of distributed holding balls and a direct member distribution request described later including the number of distributed storage balls. good.

  In response to the reception of the automatic shortage member distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. If there is a distribution history, the membership card ID (distribution destination) included in the received automatic request for distribution of insufficient members is included as the distribution destination card, and the usage acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance. Search for.

  If it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member shortage automatic distribution request is not returned is returned. If “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit on the distribution setting screen described above, and “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit. Is the total number of pachinko balls distributed to the membership card specified by the membership card ID (distribution destination) included in the received automatic request for member shortage distribution that is the distribution destination card during the period set as the aggregation target period (Distribution destination) is specified in the same manner as when the distribution request is received in the member-to-member distribution process described above.

  Then, the total number of distributions (distribution destination) after adding the number of distributed holding balls and the number of distribution storage balls included in the received automatic shortage member distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is the distribution destination on the distribution setting screen. It is determined whether or not the limit number set in the upper limit item is exceeded.

  In the determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member shortage automatic distribution request is returned. In the case of replying that these allocations are not possible, the difference between the total number of distributions (distribution destination) and the limit number before adding the number of distributed possession balls and the number of allocated storage balls included in the received automatic shortage member distribution request ( In the card unit 3, when the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as the assignable number, and a reply indicating that no assignment including the specified assignable number is returned. After the error screen similar to that shown in FIG. 42 (c) is displayed, the process returns to A (step Sf2-) of FIG. A sorting ball number acceptance screen having a possible number is displayed on the display unit 312. On the sorting ball number acceptance screen, the number of balls that can be sorted is again input as the number of sorting balls, so that the sorting can be reliably performed. receive Door can be.

  On the other hand, if the limit number is not exceeded and “No” is set in the distribution destination upper limit, it is stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received member shortage automatic distribution request. The number of held balls and the number of stored balls are specified, and the number of allocated balls included in the automatic shortage member distribution request received from the specified number of held balls is subtracted and updated, that is, “0”, and the specified number of stored balls Subtracting and updating the number of allocated storage balls included in the automatic shortage member distribution request received from the above and the number of commission balls required to shift the allocated storage number to the number of possessed balls.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received automatic request for insufficient member distribution, the member card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution) as the distribution source card The distribution history including “0” indicating “original”, “0” indicating non-issuance, the number of balls allocated, the number of storage balls, the number of fees, and “0” indicating no acceptance is registered in the distribution history table. After that, a distribution completion notice is returned.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 distributes the number of balls in the card table to the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of balls in the distribution table and subtracts the number of balls stored from the card table and the number of balls from the commission. And the distribution card of the distribution-destination member card is updated to “1” indicating that there is distribution, returned from the card insertion slot 309, and the distribution-source member card temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 is predetermined. As shown in FIG. 42 (g), the message “Please take back the returned card” is displayed on the display unit 312 to prompt the user to remove the returned membership card. The member shortage automatic distribution process is terminated. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  The returned membership card of the distribution destination can be used by inserting the number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls stored in the distribution history table by adding them to the other card unit 3. In addition, the history of addition of the number of possessed balls is stored in the counting / dispensing history table, and the added number of retained balls and the rate are stored and managed in the possessed ball type table.

  Next, the visitor shortage automatic distribution process of Sf57 will be described. In the visitor shortage automatic distribution process of Sf57 of this embodiment, the control unit 328 sets the number of balls held in the card table as the number of balls to be distributed and the received distribution balls. The number of shortage balls, which is the difference between the number of balls and the number of possessed balls, is specified as the number of allocated storage balls, and the device ID of the card unit 3 and the card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted visitor visitor card, A visitor shortage automatic distribution request including the membership card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source member card stored in the card table, the specified number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls is transmitted to the management computer 150. . In addition, like the above-mentioned automatic issue shortage request, the visitor card shortage automatic distribution request is individually transmitted as a distribution request including the number of distributed holding balls and a visitor direct distribution request including the number of distributed storage balls to be described later. Also good.

  In response to the reception of the visitor shortage automatic distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set as the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set as the continuous distribution restriction. If there is a distribution history that includes the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request as a distribution destination card and the use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance. Search for.

  If it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request is not returned is returned. If “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit on the distribution setting screen described above, and “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit. Is the total number of pachinko balls distributed to the visitor card specified from the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in the period set as the aggregation target period ( The distribution destination) is specified in the same manner as when the distribution request is received in the member-to-visitor distribution process described above.

  Then, the total number of distributions (distribution destination) after adding the number of distributed holding balls and the number of distribution storage balls included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is the distribution destination on the distribution setting screen. It is determined whether or not the limit number set in the upper limit item is exceeded.

  In this determination, when the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the membership card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts are not possible, the difference between the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the limit number before adding the number of balls to be sorted and the number of balls to be sorted included in the received visitor shortage automatic sorting request ( In the card unit 3, when the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as the assignable number, and a reply indicating that no assignment including the specified assignable number is returned. After the error screen similar to that shown in FIG. 42 (c) is displayed, the process returns to A (step Sf2-) of FIG. A sorting ball number acceptance screen having a possible number is displayed on the display unit 312. On the sorting ball number acceptance screen, the number of balls that can be sorted is again input as the number of sorting balls, so that the sorting can be reliably performed. Receiving Rukoto can.

  On the other hand, if the limit number has not been exceeded and “No” is set in the distribution destination upper limit, the member saving management table stores it in association with the member card ID included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request. The number of held balls and the number of stored balls are specified, and the number of allocated balls included in the visitor shortage automatic distribution request received from the specified number of held balls is subtracted and updated, that is, “0”, and the specified stored balls The number of distribution storage balls included in the visitor shortage automatic distribution request received from the number and the number of commission balls required to shift the distribution storage ball number to the number of possession balls are subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received automatic visitor shortage distribution request, the card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card ), A distribution history including “0” indicating non-issuance, the number of allocated balls, the number of allocated storage balls, the number of commission balls, and “0” indicating no usage acceptance is registered in the distribution history table. , Reply to the distribution completion notification.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 distributes the number of balls in the card table to the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of balls in the distribution table and subtracts the number of balls stored from the card table and the number of balls from the commission. And the distribution card of the distribution destination visitor card is updated to “1” indicating that there is distribution, returned from the card insertion slot 309, and the distribution source member card temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 is predetermined. As shown in FIG. 42 (g), the message “Please take back the returned card” is displayed on the display unit 312 to prompt the user to remove the returned visitor card. The visitor shortage automatic distribution process is terminated. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  The returned visitor visitor card is inserted into the other card unit 3 so that the number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls stored in the distribution history table are added to the number of balls and can be used. In addition, the history of addition of the number of possessed balls is stored in the counting / dispensing history table, and the added number of retained balls and the rate are stored and managed in the possessed ball type table.

  Next, a process for performing distribution from the number of stored balls, which includes steps Sf30 to Sf41 shown in FIG. 36, which is shifted from the step S8 in FIG. 34 or the step Sf21 + in FIG. 35, will be described below.

  First, in step Sf30, the number of balls that can be distributed is specified. Specifically, when these Sf30 steps are carried out, permission for direct distribution from the number of stored balls is always set, and membership cards are being accepted. All of the number of stored balls, which is the number of balls that can be allocated to the number of balls that can be allocated to the number of balls that can be allocated to the number of balls that are allocated to the number of balls that can be allocated to the number of balls that are allocated to the number of balls that can be distributed In this case, the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of fees from the collected balls is specified.

  And it progresses to the step of Sf31, and as shown in FIG.41 (d), as shown in FIG.41 (d), the distribution ball number acceptance including the number of balls which can be allocated to the storage ball and the number of balls which can be allocated to the holding ball specified in the allocation number of balls specification process of Sf30 is received. A screen is displayed on the display unit 312, and a distributed ball number receiving process for receiving the number of balls distributed to the distribution destination (number of distributed balls) from the player is performed.

  As shown in FIG. 41 (d), the distribution ball number acceptance screen is the same as the distribution ball number acceptance screen shown in FIG. 42 (a) and FIG. 42 (h) described above. In addition, the number of balls that can be allocated for displaying the number of balls that can be allocated to the holding ball, the number of balls to be distributed for inputting the number of balls to be distributed, the selection input unit for “decision”, and the processing for interrupting the processing A “Cancel” selection input unit, a numeric keypad from 0 to 9, and an operation unit consisting of “half”, “1/4” and “fraction” keys are provided. Then, the desired number of balls to be sorted is input to the number of balls to be sorted. In the sorting ball number acceptance screen shown in FIG. 41 (d), since there are a plurality of types of balls displayed in the sortable ball number display section, "half", "1/4", "fraction" Each key is in an inactive state, and selection input of these keys is disabled.

  When the player selects and inputs the “determined” selection input unit after inputting the desired number of distributed balls to the distributed ball number input unit, in the step of Sf32 according to the selection input of the “determine”, It is determined whether or not the number of balls received by the number of balls to be sorted is less than or equal to the number of balls, and if not, the process proceeds to step Sf45 to the above-described FIG. 42 (e). The stored ball number error screen is displayed to notify the player that the number of stored balls is insufficient, and the “confirm” selection input section of the stored ball number error screen displays the game In response to the selection input by the person, by returning to the step of Sf31, the number of sorting balls is received again. If it is desired to terminate the process, “cancel” may be selected and input on the accumulated ball number error screen.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step Sf32 that the number of balls received in the sorting ball number input unit is equal to or less than the number of balls to be stored, the process proceeds to step Sf33 and the management computer 150 is informed of the card unit 3 A storage ball distribution permission request including the device ID, the member card ID being received, and the distribution ball number received in the distribution ball number input unit is transmitted (see FIG. 38A).

  In response to the reception of the storage allocation request, the management computer 150 stores the number of storages stored in the member storage management table in association with the member card ID included in the received storage allocation request, and the received storage allocation request. Is compared with the number of balls to be sorted, and it is confirmed that the number of balls is equal to or greater than the number of balls to be sorted. If the number of stored balls is not equal to or greater than the number of distributed balls, a reply indicating that distribution is not possible including the membership card ID included in the received stored ball distribution permission request is returned.

  Then, in the above-described distribution setting screen (see FIG. 24A), it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the total number limit for distribution, and “Yes” is set as the total number limit for distribution. As described above, the total number of pachinko balls distributed in the game hall during the period by summing the number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls in the distribution history corresponding to the period set as the aggregation target period (Total) is specified, and the total number of distributions (total) after adding the number of distribution balls (number of distributed storage balls) included in the received storage allocation request to the specified total distribution (total) is the total distribution limit It is determined whether or not the limit number set in the item is exceeded.

  Furthermore, in the distribution setting screen described above, it is determined whether or not “Yes” is set for the distribution source upper limit, and when “Yes” is set for the distribution source upper limit, as described above, The total number of pachinko balls distributed from the member card specified from the member card ID included in the received storage card distribution permission request that is the distribution source card during the period set as the aggregation target period (distribution source), The total number of distributions specified by specifying the total number of distributed allocations and the number of distributed storages of all distribution histories including the membership card ID included in the received storage allocation request, including the date corresponding to the period. The total number of distributions (distribution source) after adding the number of distribution balls (number of distribution storage balls) included in the received storage allocation request to the distribution source) Only it determines whether the distribution has exceeded the limit that has been set at the original upper limit of items in the setting screen.

  In any of these determinations, if any limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the membership card ID included in the received storage allocation allocation request is returned. In the case of replying that these allocations are not possible, the difference between the total number of allocations (total) and the limit number (total) before adding the number of allocation balls (number of allocated storage balls) included in the received allocation allocation request , Calculate the total number of distributions (distribution source) before adding the number of distribution balls (number of distribution storage balls) included in the received storage allocation request, and the difference (distribution source) between these numbers. When both are positive values, the smaller difference number among these difference numbers is specified as the assignable number, and an unassignable including the specified assignable number is returned.

  On the other hand, when both “no” is set in the distribution total number limit and the distribution source upper limit limit, and “Yes” is set in the distribution total number limit and / or the distribution source upper limit limit, the limit number is set. If it is determined that the number does not exceed, a distribution permission including the membership card ID included in the received savings distribution permission request is returned.

  The control unit 328 determines whether or not the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission in step Sf34. If the reply is not possible, the control unit 328 determines “No” and proceeds to step Sf43. Similarly to the limit ball number error screen shown in FIG. 42 (f), the limit ball number error screen including the display of the number of balls that can be distributed included in the received non-distributable ball is displayed to notify the player of the number of balls that can be allocated. Thereafter, the process returns to the step of Sf31.

  At this time, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen displayed on the display unit 312, the number of balls that can be allocated included in the received non-distributable ball number is displayed on the distributionable ball number display unit. Since the number of balls that can be distributed can be grasped on the screen for receiving the number of distributed balls, by inputting the number of balls that can be distributed again as the number of balls that can be distributed in the step of Sf31, it is possible to repeatedly and Can be avoided.

  On the other hand, if the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission, “Yes” is determined in the step of Sf34, the process proceeds to the step of Sf35, and a card insertion enabling instruction is output to the card reader / writer 327. 42, the insertion of a new card into the card insertion slot 309 is permitted, and a message card prompting insertion of the distribution destination card shown in FIG. 42B and a new visitor card when there is no distribution destination card After a new issue acceptance screen having a new issue selection input unit for accepting an issue operation is displayed on the display unit 312, a transition is made to a monitoring state in which the steps of Sf 36 and Sf 37 are cycled, and the selection input of the new issue selection input unit is performed. And whether a new card is inserted into the card insertion slot 309 is monitored.

  If the player who is the distribution destination does not have a visitor card or membership card and the new issue selection input part is selected and input, the selection input is detected as being accepted in step Sf37. Proceeding to the step of Sf40, the number of stored balls is equal to or more than the total number of commission balls collected when the number of allocated balls (the number of allocated stored balls) and the number of allocated balls (the number of allocated stored balls) are allocated to the number of possessed balls. It is determined whether or not.

  If the total number is greater than or equal to the total number, the process proceeds to step Sf42 and the issue direct distribution process is performed. Will be accepted. In this case, on the distribution ball number acceptance screen displayed on the display unit 312 at this time, only the number of balls that can be allocated is displayed on the display unit for distributionable balls, and the player The number of balls within the range of the number of balls that can be allocated can be accurately input as the number of balls to be distributed.

  In this issuance direct distribution process, the control unit 328 first stores and holds the member card that is being received in a retreat position on the card insertion port 309 side of the card reader / writer 327 and also performs predetermined reading in the card reader / writer 327. The visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is moved to the position, and the card ID of the visitor card is read and temporarily stored.

  Then, an issuance direct distribution request including the read card ID, the membership card ID stored in the card table, the number of distributed storage balls, and the device ID of the card unit 3 is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the receipt of the issued direct distribution request, the management computer 150 identifies the number of stored balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received issued direct distribution request, and the identified stored ball The issued direct distribution request received from the number is updated by subtracting and updating the number of distributed storage balls included in the issued direct distribution request and the number of commission balls required to transfer the distributed storage ball number to the number of possessed balls, and included in the received issued direct distribution request Corresponding to the card ID of the visitor card that is the distribution destination card, “0” is stored in the number of balls stored in the visitor saving management table, and the date and time at the time is updated and stored in the latest issue date and time.

  Then, the distribution history shows the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received issued direct distribution request, the card ID of the visitor card as the distribution destination card, and the membership card ID as the distribution source card A distribution history including “1”, the number of distributed storage balls, the number of commission balls, “0” indicating no use acceptance, and “−” indicating none in the distributed number of balls is registered in the distribution history table. After that, a direct notification of completion of direct distribution is returned.

  In response to receiving this issuance direct distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of balls stored in the card table to the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of allocated balls and the number of fees and the card ID of the temporarily stored visitor card. By transmitting the distribution issuance request including the distribution issuance request to the system controller 100, the system controller 100 performs the same processing as when the distribution issuance request is received and returns a distribution issuance completion notification.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, the control unit 328 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution.

  Then, a reservation for use request including the membership card ID stored in the card table is transmitted to the system controller 100 to disable use of the membership card in another card unit 3, and then the card insertion slot 309. The membership card held at the standby position on the side is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 and temporarily returned, and as shown in FIG. 42 (d), “When the returned membership card is taken out, The message “Card will be issued” is displayed on the display unit 312 to prompt the user to take out the ejected member card.

  When the member player removes his / her member card from the card insertion slot 309 in response to the display of this message, the visitor card is immediately ejected from the card insertion slot 309 in response to the removal, and FIG. As shown in FIG. 5, a message “Please take out the issued visitor card” is displayed on the display unit 312.

  The member player takes out the visitor card discharged to the card insertion slot 309 and hands it to another player who distributes the card, and inserts his member card through the card insertion slot 309 again.

  In response to the insertion of the membership card, the control unit 328 determines whether or not the membership card ID read from the re-inserted membership card matches the membership card ID stored in the card table. Sometimes, the card is returned to shift to an error notification state in which an error is notified to an attendant. On the other hand, when they match, the issuing direct distribution process is terminated.

On the other hand, when a new card is inserted into the card insertion slot 309 in the monitoring state in the steps Sf36 and Sf37, the insertion of the card is detected in the step Sf36, and the process proceeds to the step Sf38. The card is moved to the card storage unit 370 to be withdrawn, and the record information of the newly inserted card is read to determine whether or not the newly inserted card is a membership card.

  If the newly inserted card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf39, and the member direct distribution process is performed. On the other hand, if the newly inserted card is not a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf40. Whether or not the number of stored balls is equal to or greater than the total number of commission balls that are collected when the number of allocated balls (number of allocated and stored balls) and the number of allocated balls (number of allocated and stored balls) are allocated to the number of possessed balls judge.

  If the total number is greater than or equal to the total number, the process proceeds to step Sf41 to perform the visitor direct distribution process. If the total number is not greater than or equal to the total number, the process returns to step Sf31 and the number of distribution balls (the number of distribution storage balls) is again. ).

  In the member direct distribution process of Sf39 of this embodiment, the control unit 328 stores the device ID of the card unit 3, the member card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted distribution destination member card, and the card table. The member direct distribution request including the member card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source member card and the number of distribution storage balls is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  Upon receiving this member direct distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. If there is a distribution history in which the membership card ID (distribution destination) included in the received distribution request is included as a distribution destination card and the use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance, a search is performed. .

  If it exists by the search, a reply indicating that the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member direct distribution request is not returned is returned. In the distribution setting screen described above, it is further determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit, and when “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit. The pachinko ball distributed to the member card specified from the member card ID (distribution destination) included in the received member direct distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in one day that is the period set as the aggregation target period, for example The total number (distribution destination) of the membership card ID (distribution destination) that includes the date of the day and is included in the received direct member distribution request Identifying by summing the sorting lifting piece count and distribution 貯玉 number of all of the distribution history including the divided destination card.

  The total number of distribution (distribution destination) after adding the number of distribution storage balls included in the received direct member distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is the distribution destination upper limit restriction item in the distribution setting screen. It is determined whether or not the set limit number is exceeded.

  In the determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member direct distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts are not possible, calculate the difference between the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the limit number (sorting destination) before adding the number of sorting pools included in the received direct member sort request. When the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as the assignable number, and a reply indicating that no assignment including the specified assignable number is returned is made in the card unit 3 as shown in FIG. After the same error screen is displayed, the process returns to the step of Sf31, and the distribution ball number acceptance screen having the allocation possible number included in the non-distributable number returned to the allocation possible ball number display unit is displayed on the display unit 312. When the number of balls that can be sorted is input again as the number of balls to be sorted on the screen for receiving the number of balls to be sorted, it is possible to reliably receive direct sorting from the number of balls to be sorted.

  On the other hand, when the limit number is not exceeded and “No” is set in the distribution destination upper limit, the member saving management is associated with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member direct distribution request. The number of stored balls stored in the table is specified, and the distribution stored ball number included in the member direct distribution request received from the specified stored ball number is subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received direct member distribution request, the member card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card ), “0” indicating non-issuance, “0” indicating the number of allocated storage balls, “0” indicating no usage acceptance, and “−” indicating “none” in the number of allocated balls and commission balls, After registering in the distribution history table, a member direct distribution completion notification including the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member direct distribution request is returned.

  In response to the reception of the member direct distribution completion notification, the control unit 328 updates the number of balls stored in the card table to the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of distributed storage balls, and sets the distribution flag of the distribution destination member card to “1”. ”And returned from the card insertion slot 309, the member card of the distribution source temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 is returned to a predetermined reading position, and the display unit 312 is displayed as shown in FIG. The message “Please take the returned card” is displayed to prompt the user to take out the returned member card, and the member direct distribution process is terminated. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  When the returned membership card of the distribution destination is inserted into another card unit 3, the number of distribution storage balls stored in the distribution history table is added to the number of storage balls and can be used. The number addition history is stored in the counting / payout history table, and the added number of balls and the rate are stored and managed in the holding type table.

  Next, the visitor direct distribution process of Sf41 will be described. In the visitor direct distribution process of Sf41 of this embodiment, the control unit 328, like the member-to-visitor distribution process of Sf19 described above, Visitor direct distribution including the card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted distribution destination visitor card, the membership card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source member card stored in the card table, and the number of distribution storage balls The request is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receiving this visitor direct distribution request, the management computer 150 determines whether or not “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction on the above-described distribution setting screen, and “Yes” is set for the continuous distribution restriction. If there is a distribution history that includes the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received visitor direct distribution request as the distribution destination card and the use acceptance data is “0” indicating non-acceptance To do.

  If it exists by the search, it returns a reply indicating that the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor direct distribution request is not included, while if it does not exist by the search and the continuous distribution restriction is set to “no” In the distribution setting screen described above, it is further determined whether or not “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit, and when “Yes” is set as the distribution destination upper limit. The pachinko balls distributed to the visitor card specified from the card ID (distribution destination) included in the received visitor direct distribution request that becomes the distribution destination card in the period set as the aggregation target period, for example, one day The total number of distribution (distribution destination), including the date of the day, and the card ID (distribution) included in the received visitor direct distribution request Distribution history including distribution destination cards, and including distribution date including date information after the latest issue date and time stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID (distribution destination) Are specified by summing

  The total number of distributions (distribution destination) after adding the number of distribution storage balls included in the received visitor direct distribution request to the specified total distribution number (distribution destination) is the distribution destination upper limit item in the distribution setting screen. It is determined whether or not the set limit number is exceeded.

  In this determination, if the limit number is exceeded, a reply indicating that the distribution is not possible including the membership card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor direct distribution request is returned. When replying that these sorts cannot be made, the difference between the total number of sorts (sorting destination) and the limit number (sorting destination) before adding the number of sorting storage balls included in the received visitor direct sort request is calculated. When the difference number is a positive value, the difference number is specified as the assignable number, and a reply indicating that no assignment including the specified assignable number is returned is made in the card unit 3 as shown in FIG. After the same error screen is displayed, the process returns to the step of Sf31, and the distribution ball number acceptance screen having the allocation possible number included in the non-distributable number returned to the allocation possible ball number display unit is displayed on the display unit 312. When the number of balls that can be sorted is input again as the number of balls to be sorted on the screen for receiving the number of balls to be sorted, it is possible to reliably receive direct sorting from the number of balls to be sorted.

  On the other hand, when the limit number is not exceeded and “No” is set in the distribution destination upper limit, member saving management is performed in association with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor direct distribution request. The number of stored balls stored in the table is specified, and the number of distributed storage balls included in the distribution request received from the specified number of stored balls and the number of commission balls required to shift the distributed stored ball number to the number of held balls Subtract update.

  Then, as the distribution history, the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received visitor direct distribution request, the card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card And a distribution history including “0” indicating non-issuance, “0” indicating the number of allocated storage balls, “0” indicating no use acceptance, the number of commission balls, and “-” indicating “none” in the number of allocated balls. After registering in the distribution history table, a visitor direct distribution completion notification including the membership card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor direct distribution request is returned.

  In response to receiving the visitor direct distribution completion notice, the control unit 328 updates the distribution storage number and the commission ball number by subtracting from the number of stored balls in the card table, and indicates that the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card is present. 1 ”and returned from the card insertion slot 309, the distribution-source member card temporarily saved in the card storage unit 370 is returned to a predetermined reading position, and is displayed on the display unit 312 as shown in FIG. As described above, the message “Please take back the returned card” is displayed to prompt the user to take out the returned visitor visitor card, and the member-to-visitor assignment process ends. At the end of the processing, the prohibition of counting performed in S1 and the invalid operation of the payout button 311 are cancelled.

  These returned visitor destination visitor cards are inserted into other card units 3 so that the number of allocated storage balls stored in the distribution history table is added to the number of balls and can be used. The addition history of the number of balls is stored in the counting / dispensing history table, and the added number of balls and rate are stored and managed in the ball type table.

  When the player operates the menu button 316 in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, the main menu display operation information is received from the display control board 329 that has detected the operation of the menu button 316 from the control unit 328. , The control unit 328 determines that the menu button 316 is operated in Sb13, proceeds to Sb31, and performs a menu display process (not shown).

  In this menu display process, the control unit 328 first determines whether or not the player who is playing the game with the corresponding pachinko machine 2 is a member based on the data stored in the card table (whether the member ID is stored). If the player is not a member (when the member ID is not stored), the “table data”, “ranking”, “island appearance”, which does not include the member-specific menu items, A visitor main menu (see FIG. 5) including only the menu items of “Hyena Check”, “Notice”, and “Distribution” is displayed on the display unit 312 by outputting a visitor main menu display instruction to the display control board 329. On the other hand, if the player is a member, the menu items “point display” and “replay” which are member-specific menu items are further included. The members main menu shown in FIG. 5, is displayed on the display unit 312 by outputting a membership main menu display instruction to the display control board 329.

  Each menu item displayed on the display unit 312 can be selected by the player, and if any menu item is not selected within a predetermined time, a menu display end instruction is displayed on the display control board 329. After the display of the main menu is terminated by outputting, the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13. On the other hand, if any menu item is selected within a predetermined time, it corresponds to the selected menu item. After executing the process, the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  When the “replay” menu in the main menu is selected, the replay process of Sb24 described above is executed.

  In addition, when the “table data” menu is selected, each day's data stored in the game information table is displayed as in the case where the table data button 318 is operated, and the “ranking” menu is displayed. When selected, a sub-menu screen for selecting the type of ranking, specifically, the appearance ranking, jackpot ranking, consecutive house ranking, etc. is displayed, and the ranking data of the type selected on the sub-menu screen Is acquired from the hall computer 140 and displayed on the display unit 312.

  In addition, when the “Point display” menu is selected, the number of points of the store points stored in the card table (if the store point is not stored, the store point acquisition request is sent to the management computer 150. When the “Notification” menu is selected, the notification information stored in the RAM 328b is displayed on the display unit 312. 312 is displayed.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 48 (a), when the “Island Out Situation” menu is selected, each card unit provided on the same side of the game island where the card unit 3 is installed. The island appearance ball status screen is displayed in which the number of balls acquired in 3 is displayed in a ball box display manner in the same manner as the card receiving screen.

  As for the flow of displaying the island appearance game status screen, the control unit 328 is provided on the same side of the same game island stored in the EEPROM 328c in response to the selection of the menu “Island appearance”. Based on the information of the device ID and the unit number of each card unit 3, the number of own units possessed by each card unit 3 is sequentially transmitted to each card unit 3. Acquire (the number of balls acquired in this unit).

  As described above, in this embodiment, the number of balls held (the number of balls acquired) is not necessarily the same as the number of balls depending on the content of the ball display setting for each card unit 3 or the content of the player's game history. Therefore, the number of balls possessed by the player (the number of balls earned by the player) is obtained directly from another card unit 3 provided on the same side of the same game island. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and by transmitting these own-hand-held-ball-number data requests to the management computer 150, the management computer 150 responds to the reception of the own-bearing-ball-number data request, Obtains the number of own balls (the number of balls acquired) from all other card units 3 provided on the same side of the game island where the card unit 3 from which the data request is sent is installed, Number of balls that have been acquired It may be transmitted to the transmission source of the card unit 3 of Jidai lifting piece count data request.

  In this way, the number of own balls acquired from other card units 3 (the number of balls acquired by the player) is temporarily stored in association with the unit number, and the number of own balls held (the number of balls acquired by the player). ) Identifies the corresponding ball box display number and fraction, and generates the Shimadama ball status screen of FIG. 48 (b) in which the specified ball box display number and fraction are associated with the corresponding car number. Displayed on the display unit 312.

  In this way, the appearance of other players playing on the same game island can be easily confirmed on the spot without leaving the seat and checking the display state of the ball stacking display unit 401. I can grasp it.

  In addition, in the island appearance ball situation screen of a present Example, the stand number of the own stand is displayed in reverse so that it can be easily distinguished from other stands.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 49 (a), the operation when the “high energy check” menu is selected will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, the player who plays in the amusement hall often moves to another pachinko machine 2 (base movement) as appropriate according to the game situation and plays a game. Since the person wants to determine whether or not the movement of the table is correct, for example, based on whether or not a big hit has occurred immediately after the movement of the game machine at the movement source, the movement source pachinko machine 2 However, there is a demand for easily grasping “hyena information” that is the source game machine information of the movement source, such as whether or not these jackpots have occurred, but by selecting the “hyena check” menu of this embodiment The hyena check function is a function for providing “hyena information” which is information on a moving source game machine requested by these players.

Incidentally, the management computer 150 of the present embodiment, in addition to the table described above is shown in FIG. 50, hyena broadcast information table is stored in the storage device 15 5, the hyena broadcast information table during hyena check settings In addition, with respect to the base data of the pachinko machine 2 to be notified of the hyena information, the value of each data that is a condition for performing the notification is specified and stored in advance, so that the value of each data and the corresponding base at that time point are stored. By comparing with the data, it is possible to easily determine whether or not the base data of the pachinko machine 2 to be notified is in a state of performing notification.

  As shown in FIG. 50, the hyena notification information table of this embodiment is associated with the (member) card ID being received by the card unit 3 on which the operation for setting the hyena check has been performed. To store the data of the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that is set as the check target by the person and the number of balls, the number of starts, and the number of balls that are the conditions for transmitting the hyena information and performing the notification It has become.

  In addition, each of the count ball count, start count, and difference ball count data is provided with a “finished flag”. By being set when notification is made when the data arrives and the condition is satisfied, it is possible to easily specify whether notification according to each condition has been performed.

  As shown in FIG. 49 (a), when the “high energy check” menu in the main menu is selected, first, as shown in FIG. 51, whether or not the setting condition for performing the high energy check setting is satisfied. A setting condition determination process (Sj1) is performed to determine whether or not.

  In this setting condition determination process, whether the card being accepted is a membership card, or if the card being accepted is not a membership card, whether a visitor card is being accepted and the number of balls is present, In addition, it is specified based on the data in the cart table whether or not there is a prepaid balance even when the visitor card is being received and the number of possessed balls is “0”.

  If the card being accepted is a membership card, it will be determined as “Set OK” regardless of the number of possessions and the remaining amount of prepaid, while the membership card is not accepted at that time and the visitor card is being accepted. If the number of possessed balls exists, it is determined as “set OK”, and if the visitor card is being accepted and the number of possessed balls at that time is “0”, if the prepaid balance is not “0”, then “set” “OK”. In other words, in the situation where the number of holding balls is “0” and the prepaid balance is “0”, that is, in this embodiment, the visitor card is not accepted, “setting NG” is set. judge.

  When the determination result in the setting condition determination process is “setting NG” (No in Sj2), the main menu is displayed on the display unit 312 and the above-described standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 is entered.

  On the other hand, when the determination result in the setting condition determination process is “setting OK” (Yes in Sj2), a source table information transmission request including the device ID of the card unit 3 is transmitted to the management computer 150. .

  In response to receiving this movement source table information transmission request, the management computer 150 (CPU 152) is stored in the acceptance ID field of the unit management table in association with the device ID included in the received movement source table information transmission request. From the data, identify the (member) card ID of the member card or visitor card that is being accepted by the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the movement source table information transmission request, and associate the identified (member) card ID with the count / Based on the machine number data stored in the payout history table, all the machine numbers of the pachinko machine 2 to which the card unit 3 into which the member card or the visitor card is inserted correspond to the business day, that is, all of the current day The machine number of the movement source pachinko machine 2 is specified (Sp1).

  In other words, in the counting / dispensing history table, not only the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that has performed the counting, but also the machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that has only performed “payout” without counting pachinko balls. The machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that has been played using the prepaid balance without counting and paying out pachinko balls is also stored. The machine number of the pachinko machine 2 that is played using the prepaid balance without counting or paying out is also identified as the pachinko machine 2 that is the movement source.

  That is, in this embodiment, not only the pachinko machine 2 in which the number of possessed balls, which is the number of acquired game media specified from the visitor card, is counted, but only payout from the number of possessed balls is carried out. The pachinko machine 2 to which no pachinko balls have been added by counting is also specified as the pachinko machine 2 that is the movement source.

  Then, it is determined whether or not the pachinko machine 2 of each identified movement source number is playing based on the situation data corresponding to each number in the unit management table. If it is on standby, it is determined that the machine is empty, and the machine number of the identified pachinko machine 2 of the movement source, information on presence / absence of gaming, and movement source table information including movement order information are returned. To do.

  In response to the return of the movement source table information, the control unit 328 displays the movement source table list screen shown in FIG. 49B based on the received movement source table information on the display unit 312 (Sj3), and from the player. Accept the setting of the hyena check.

  In this movement source table list screen, as shown in FIG. 49 (b), the machine number included in the received movement source table information is specified from the movement order information included in the movement source table information. In the order of movement, “1 front”, “2 front”, “3 front”, etc. are displayed, and the pachinko machine 2 is in play or associated with each vehicle number. Is displayed.

  A “setting” selection input unit that can be selected and operated by the player is provided in association with each vehicle number, and the player can check the hyena check from the pachinko machine 2 that is displayed as a list. The “setting” selection input section corresponding to the pachinko machine 2 to be performed is touched and input.

  In addition, there is a selection input section for “End” and “Set all” at the bottom of the movement source table list screen. If you want to end without setting, select the “End” selection input section. If you want to perform a hyena check of all the pachinko machines 2 that are displayed in the list without checking the current status of each pachinko machine 2, you can enter them with your finger. The selection input unit may be touched and input.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 49 (b), when the player inputs by touching the “setting” selection input unit corresponding to the “one car” car number, the control unit 328 In step, it is determined that the setting is accepted (Yes), and a request for transmitting detailed information on the movement source unit including the selected “one unit” unit number and the device ID of the card unit 3 is sent to the management computer 150. Send.

  Here, a case where a “setting” selection input unit corresponding to the “one front” unit number is input will be described, but “two front” and “three front” unit numbers are described. The same applies when “Setting” is touched and input.

  In response to the reception of the movement source unit detailed information transmission request, the management computer 150 (CPU 152) associates the unit data stored in the unit management table with the unit number included in the received movement source unit detailed information transmission request. Among them, data corresponding to the movement source table detailed information (in this embodiment, the number of big hits and the number of start times) is read out. Further, based on the data in the counting / dispensing history table, the member card or visitor card being received by the card unit 3 that is the transmission source detailed information transmission request is the “one previous” pachinko machine 2 that is the movement source. After the card is ejected from the corresponding card unit 3, the total number of balls counted in the card unit 3 is identified as the number of balls counted after movement, and the number of balls counted after movement and the unit management as described above Detailed information on the movement source table including the table data read from the table is returned (Sp2).

  As specific processing contents for specifying the number of balls after the movement, first, in the unit management table, the member (card member 3) that is being accepted by the card unit 3 of the device ID included in the received movement source table detailed information transmission request ) Specify the card ID. Second, in the counting / dispensing history table, “discharge” is displayed in the type item in the data corresponding to the specified (member) card ID and the machine number included in the received movement source machine detailed information transmission request. Is stored, that is, the time at which the card is ejected after the game is finished in the previous pachinko machine 2 of the movement source. Thirdly, it is confirmed whether there is a history of counting / dispensing including the time after the specified time and the machine number included in the movement source machine detailed information transmission request. Among the existing counting histories, the total number of processed balls of the history whose “type” is a count is calculated, thereby specifying the number of balls after movement.

  In response to the return of the movement source base detailed information, the control unit 328 displays the movement source base detailed information screen shown in FIG. 49C based on the received movement source base detailed information on the display unit 312 (Sj5). Whether the player is informed of the current detailed status of the selected pachinko machine 2 that is the “one-front” movement source, and is the hyena check setting for the “one-front” movement-source pachinko machine 2 being executed? Accept no.

  As shown in FIG. 49 (c), this movement source unit detailed information screen shows the selected number of the previous pachinko machine 2 as the movement source and the number of jackpots included in the received movement source unit detailed information. , The number of starts, the number of balls counted after movement are displayed, and at the bottom of the screen is a selection input section of “Cancel” that is operated when setting is not executed, and “Setting that is operated when setting is executed” And an execution selection input unit.

  By doing so, the player grasps the situation at the time of the pachinko machine 2 that is the “one-front” moving source pachinko machine 2 for which the hyena check is to be set on these moving source base detailed information screens. Judgment can be made. When the player determines that the setting is not necessary by grasping the situation on the movement source base detailed information screen, the player inputs the selection input section of “Cancel” with a finger to determine the step Sj5 in FIG. It is determined as “No” and proceeds to “D” to return to the list display of the movement-source pachinko machine 2 in FIG. 49 (b). When it is determined that is necessary, the player may input the selection input section of “execute setting” with a finger.

  In response to the selection input of “execution of execution” (Yes in Sj6), the control unit 328 performs a hyena check including the unit number of the pachinko machine 2 as the movement source “one previous” and the device ID of the card unit 3. A setting request is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the reception of the hyena check setting request, the management computer 150 (CPU 152) sets the (member) card ID of the card being received by the card unit 3 specified from the device ID included in the received hyena check setting request to the unit. If the registration of the specified (member) card ID does not exist in the hyena notification setting table, the (member) card ID is additionally registered, and the additionally registered (member) card ID is specified. The unit number included in the received hyena check setting request is stored in the corresponding target unit number. If the specified (member) card ID registration already exists in the hyena notification setting table, the target unit number corresponding to the existing (member) card ID is included in the received highena check setting request. Register additional numbers.

  And the value used as the conditions which alert | reports hyena information is specified and stored in the item of "count ball number", "start frequency", and "difference ball number" corresponding to the registered machine number (Sp3). Specifically, as the “count ball”, for example, if the post-movement count ball specified above is “3500 balls”, it is set in advance as the post-movement count ball in the notification condition. “6500 balls”, which is the difference from the “10000 balls”, and the calculated difference “6500 balls” is the “counting ball number” corresponding to the unit number of the target gaming machine in the unit management table. A value added to the numerical value is calculated and specified, and the specified value is stored in the item “number of counting balls”. In addition, when the specified number of balls after movement exceeds the “10000 balls” already set as the number of balls after movement in the notification condition, without setting a numerical value to “count balls”, The corresponding “done” flag is updated (set) to “1” and set to informed.

  Further, as the “start count”, the most recent TSn corresponding to the unit number of the target gaming machine in the unit management table at that time (the start number of jackpots, n is an integer value) is specified, and the value of the TSn is It is determined whether or not “1000 times” or more set in advance as the number of start times of the notification condition. If “1000 times” is not exceeded, “1000” is stored in the “start count” field, and if “1000 times” is exceeded, “1000” is not stored and the corresponding “ The “done” flag is updated (set) to “1” and set to informed.

  In the present embodiment, “1000”, which is set in advance as the number of start times of the notification condition, is stored in the item of “start number”, but the present invention is not limited to this, As the number of start times, a number obtained by adding the number of start times of a predetermined notification condition (for example, 500 times) to the number of the latest TSn corresponding to the unit number of the target gaming machine in the unit management table at that time is stored. Anyway.

  In addition, as “the number of difference balls”, “−10000” previously set as the difference ball number of the notification condition is added to the difference ball number corresponding to the unit number of the target gaming machine in the unit management table at that time. Store the value. That is, since the difference ball number of the present embodiment is a value obtained by subtracting the total shot ball number from the total number of winning balls, the value obtained by adding “−10000” to the difference ball number at that time is It is a value that means that a 10000-ball player loses from the time.

  In the present embodiment, “−10000” is added to the number of difference balls at that time, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the hall computer 140, the change in the number of difference balls is changed. If the history is managed, the number of difference balls at the time specified at the time when the card was ejected after the game was finished with the previous pachinko machine 2 that was the previous movement or at the time closest to that time. It is good also as a value which added "-10000" to the specified difference ball number.

  Thus, after updating the hyena notification information table by storing the condition value in each item of “count ball count”, “start count”, “difference ball count”, the machine number included in the received hyena check setting request If the high energetic flag corresponding to is not set, the high energetic flag is updated to "1" and set (Sp4), and then the completion of setting is returned to the card unit 3 that sent the high energization check setting request. .

  In response to this setting completion reply, the control unit 328 displays a setting completion screen shown in FIG. 49D on the display unit 312 (Sj7), indicating that the high-ena check setting has been completed, and that the pachinko that has been set for high-ena check. In the machine 2, the player is notified that a predetermined notification (notification) condition is established, and the confirmation is input from the player by the “confirmation” selection input section provided on the setting completion screen. Implement acceptance.

  When the player confirms on the setting completion screen that the hyena check setting has been completed and inputs the selection input part of “confirmation” with a finger, the control unit 328 completes the hyena check setting. A list display screen similar to that shown in FIG. 49B is displayed on the display unit 312 (Sj8), excluding the previous pachinko machine 2 that is the source of movement, and then the process proceeds to “E” in FIG. A transition is made to the selection accepting state of the pachinko machine 2 of the movement source for which the check setting is performed.

  By proceeding to the step of Sj4 in this way, the player can select a pachinko machine 2 that is a movement source other than the previous one and perform a high-ena check setting.

  That is, for example, the player counts the number of holding balls based on the number of balls counted by the card unit 3 corresponding to the previous two pachinko machines 2 only for payout. Even if it is a pachinko machine that did not add the number of holding balls due to, not only the two previous pachinko machines that performed the counting, but also the pachinko machine 2 that did not perform the counting, the hyena check Settings can be made.

  In this way, for the previous pachinko machine 2 that has performed counting, the selection input unit of “execution of setting” is input with a finger on the movement source base detailed information screen, so that the high-energy check setting is performed as described above. In the case of the implementation, as in the case of the previous unit, the device number of the previous pachinko machine 2 is set to the target unit number corresponding to the (member) card ID of the card being accepted by the card unit 3 in the hyena notification setting table. The number and the number of “count balls”, “start count”, and “difference balls” are specified and stored, and correspond to the unit number of the previous two pachinko machines 2 in the unit management table The high energetic flag to be set is set.

  Next, the flow shown in FIG. 52 shows the flow in which the hyena information is transmitted when the notification conditions stored in the hyena notification information table are satisfied by the above-mentioned one-unit and two-unit high-ena check settings. This will be explained based on.

  First, the management computer 150 monitors the reception of the transmission data string including the above-mentioned table data of FIG. When a ball number update request is received, the management data update process for updating the managed table data, the number of balls data, etc. is interrupted.

  In this management data update process, as shown in FIG. 52, it is first determined whether or not a transmission data string including table data has been received (Sd1).

  If the determination is Yes, that is, if a transmission data string including table data is received, the process proceeds to step Sd2, and the table data in the unit management table corresponding to the device ID included in the received transmission data string is received. After updating to the base data included in the transmission data string (Sd2), the process proceeds to step Sd3. In this update, it is temporarily stored whether or not there is a change in the number of jackpots, that is, whether or not the update is due to the occurrence of a jackpot.

  On the other hand, if the determination in step Sd1 is “No”, that is, if a request to update the number of balls is received, the process proceeds to step Sd10, and as described above, the member saving table or the visitor saving table, the holding ball type table, Each data in the counting / dispensing table is updated based on the received number-of-balls update request, and the unit management table counts / dispenses the number of balls corresponding to the device ID included in the number-of-balls updating request. After updating by adding the number of processed balls calculated in updating the table, the process proceeds to step Sd3.

  Then, it is determined whether or not the high-ena flag corresponding to the data updated in the unit management table is set (Sd3). If the high-ena flag is not set (No in Sd3), the process ends. If the high-ena flag is set (Yes in Sd3), the process proceeds to step Sd4, and a high-ena notification determination process is performed.

  In the hyena notification determination process in step Sd4, it is determined whether any notification condition is satisfied. Specifically, whether or not a big hit has occurred is specified by whether or not it has been temporarily stored that there has been a change in the number of big hits, or the number of updated balls, the updated number of starts, or the updated difference ball The number is specified, and it is determined whether or not the specified updated counting ball number, the updated start count or the updated difference ball number satisfies the corresponding condition value stored in the hyena notification information table To do.

  If a big hit has not occurred and the updated table data does not satisfy any of the condition values, the notification condition is not satisfied, so it is determined as “No” in step Sd5, and the process ends. To do.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that a big hit has occurred due to temporary storage of a change in the number of big hits, or if the updated table data satisfies any of the condition values, the notification condition is set. Since it is satisfied, it is determined as “Yes” in the step of Sd5, and the hyena information transmission process is performed (Sd6).

  In the hyena information transmission process, a process according to the established notification condition is performed. Specifically, if the established notification condition is the occurrence of a big hit, the temporary storage of the big hit described above is cleared, and the number of big hits in the unit number and the table data and the fact that the big hit has occurred are included. For the hyena information, the card unit 3 that is accepting the (member) card ID corresponding to the unit number that is the target unit number in the hyena notification information table is identified from the unit management table, and the card unit 3 is identified. Send and finish the process. In response to the transmission, if the corresponding machine number is set as the object machine number and the “done” flag corresponding to the start number is not set, the start number is reset due to the occurrence of the big hit. In order to prevent the notification based on the new number of start after the big hit, the “done” flag is updated to “1” and set to “notified”.

  Further, when the established notification condition is the number of counting balls, that is, the number of counting balls in the unit management table after the update corresponds to the counting number corresponding to the corresponding unit number in the hyena notification information table. If the value is equal to or greater than the value, the “done” flag corresponding to the number of counting balls is updated to “1” and set, so that the notification has been made and the unit number and the number of counting balls after movement are 1 The card unit 3 receiving the (member) card ID corresponding to the set “done” flag is identified from the unit management table, and the identified card unit 3 To end the process.

  Further, when the established notification condition is the number of start times, that is, the value of the latest TSn (number of times of big hit start) in the updated unit management table is set to the corresponding unit number which is the target unit number in the hyena notification information table. When the corresponding start count reaches 1000, the “done” flag corresponding to the start count is updated and set to “1”, so that the notification has been made and the machine number and the start count The card unit 3 that is receiving the (member) card ID corresponding to the set “done” flag is identified from the unit management table, and the specified card unit 3 is transmitted to finish the process.

  In addition, when the established notification condition is the number of difference balls, that is, the number of difference balls in the unit management table after the update corresponds to the number of difference balls corresponding to the corresponding unit number that is the target unit number in the hyena notification information table. When the value is less than the value of (-value becomes larger), the “done” flag corresponding to the difference ball number is updated to “1” and set to “1”, and the corresponding unit number is set. In addition, the card unit 3 receiving the (member) card ID corresponding to the set “done” flag is identified from the unit management table with the hyena information including the fact that the difference ball number is −10000 balls, It transmits with respect to this specified card unit 3, and a process is complete | finished.

  In this embodiment, in addition to the four types of hyena information described above, hyena information may be transmitted by receiving a return notification from the card unit 3. Specifically, when the “situation” corresponding to the device ID included in the return notification received in the unit management table is changed from “accepting” to “standby” by receiving the return notification, It is determined whether or not the hyena flag corresponding to the changed data is set, and if the hyena flag is set, it is indicated that the machine number and the gaming machine of the machine number are empty. The card unit 3 that is receiving the (member) card ID corresponding to the unit number that is the target unit number in the hyena notification information table is identified from the unit management table and transmitted.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the hyena information is a case where the player once performs the hyena check setting, then moves the table, and executes the game with the pachinko machine 2 different from the setting time. However, since the card unit 3 corresponding to the pachinko machine 2 at the movement destination is specified and transmitted to the specified card unit 3, the player performs the high-ena check setting again at the movement destination. Since it is not necessary, the convenience of the player can be improved.

  Next, the hyena information reception process performed by the card unit 3 (control unit 328) when the hyena information transmitted from the management computer 150 is received in this way is based on FIG. 53 and FIG. explain.

  In the hyena information reception process, the control unit 328 first determines whether both the prepaid balance and the number of balls are 0.

  If both the prepaid balance and the number of balls are not 0, that is, if either the prepaid balance or the number of balls exists, the process proceeds to step Sg2.

  On the other hand, if both the prepaid balance and the number of possessed balls are 0, the process proceeds to step Sg3, where it is determined whether or not the highena setting release grace timer is performing the timer count, and the timer count is being performed. If there is, proceed to step Sg2.

  In the step of Sg2, as shown in FIGS. 54A to 54E, the notification screen based on the received hyena information is displayed until a predetermined time elapses or the “confirm” selection operation unit is operated. Pop up on the normal display.

  Specifically, when the received hyena information is hyena information including the fact that the above-mentioned jackpot has occurred, as shown in FIG. 54 (a), the unit number included in the received hyena information and the jackpot A notification screen including the number of times and a message that a big hit has occurred is displayed in a pop-up.

  In addition, when the received hyena information is the hyena information including the fact that the number of balls counted after moving is 10,000 as described above, it is included in the received hyena information as shown in FIG. 54 (b). A notification screen including a message indicating that the machine number and the number of balls counted after moving has reached 10,000 balls is displayed in a pop-up manner.

  Further, when the received hyena information is hyena information including that the above-mentioned start count is 1000 times, as shown in FIG. 54 (c), the machine number included in the received hyena information, A notification screen including a message indicating that the start count has reached 1000 is displayed as a pop-up.

  Further, when the received hyena information is hyena information including the fact that the above-mentioned difference ball number is -10000 balls, as shown in FIG. 54 (d), the machine number included in the received hyena information. Then, a notification screen including a message indicating that the difference ball number is −10000 balls is popped up.

  Further, when the received hyena information is hyena information including the fact that the above-described gaming machine is vacant, as shown in FIG. 54 (e), the machine number included in the received hyena information, A notification screen including a message indicating that the number of balls has become -10000 balls is displayed in a pop-up manner.

  On the other hand, when the timer count is not being performed in the determination of Sg3, the process is terminated without performing the process of displaying the notification screen of the step of Sg2, so that the hyena information is not notified to the player. It has become.

  Next, operation | movement of the distribution apparatus 5 of a present Example is demonstrated below using FIG. The distribution device 5 of the present embodiment performs the same processing as the distribution processing shown in FIG. 34 performed when the above-described distribution operation is performed in the card unit 3. Unlike the pachinko machine 2, unlike the above, since the width can be increased, as described above, the card has two card insertion slots arranged on the left and right, The card of the distribution destination can be received at an individual card insertion slot.

  Normally, as shown in FIG. 43 (a), a message for inserting a card is displayed on the display device 501 of the distribution device 5, and the first card insertion slot 504 on the left side toward the device is displayed. When the first insertion slot LED 506 corresponding to is flashed and lit, the insertion of the distribution source card into the first card insertion slot 504 is urged.

  A player who wants to perform distribution inserts a visitor card or a membership card that he / she owns into the first card insertion slot 504.

  In response to this card insertion, information such as the (member) card ID and the number of balls stored in the inserted card is read out by the first card reader / writer 508 corresponding to the first card insertion slot 504. Is output to the control unit 510.

  In response to this output, control unit 510 stores information read from the inserted card in a predetermined storage area of a RAM (not shown), and also inserts the (member) card ID and the number of balls (visitor card only). ), A card acceptance notification including the device ID of the distribution device is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to the reception of this card acceptance notification, the management computer 150 first determines whether or not the number of possessed balls is included in the received card acceptance notification, and if so, verifies the number of retained balls. Perform verification processing.

  Specifically, the number of balls stored in the visitor saving management table corresponding to the card ID included in the received card acceptance notification matches the number of balls included in the received card acceptance notification. Determine whether.

  If there is no match in the verification determination, the distribution device 5 sends back verification error information that the verification of the number of possessed balls is NG to the distribution device 5 that has transmitted the received card acceptance notification. The visitor card is returned.

  On the other hand, in the case of matching in the verification determination, an acceptance processing completion notification is returned, and when the received card acceptance notification does not include the number of balls, that is, when the inserted card is a membership card The number of possessed balls corresponding to the member card ID included in the received card acceptance notification and the number of stored balls are specified from each data stored corresponding to the member card ID in the member saving management table, and the member card The personal identification number stored in the member information table corresponding to the ID is further specified, and the received card reception notification of the acceptance processing completion including the number of possessed balls, the number of stored balls, the personal identification number, and the membership card ID is received. A reply is sent to the distribution device 5 of the notification transmission source.

  In response to the reception of the acceptance process completion notification, if the card ID read from the card is a member card ID, the control unit 510 determines the number of balls held, the number of stored balls, and the password included in the received acceptance process completion notification. The data is stored in a predetermined storage area of a RAM (not shown).

  Then, it is determined whether or not the number of possessed balls stored in the predetermined storage area of the RAM is 0, that is, whether or not there is a number of retained balls (Sf1).

  When the number of holding balls is 0, as in the case of the card unit 3, by performing the processing of Sf21 to Sf23 described above, the inserted card is a membership card, and direct distribution from the number of stored balls is possible. If it is not permitted, the number of balls can be increased using the number of balls, and if direct distribution from the number of balls is permitted, the processing shown in FIG. 36 described above is performed. , Direct distribution using the number of stored balls can be carried out.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step Sf1 that the number of possessed balls is not 0, the process proceeds to step Sf2- to perform a sortable ball number specifying process for specifying the number of balls that can be sorted.

  In this allocatable ball number specifying process, it is determined whether or not the direct allocation permission from the number of stored balls is set based on the allocation setting information stored in the ROM of the control unit 510, and the direct allocation permission is determined. If the card is not set, the number of held balls is specified as the number of balls that can be allocated, while if direct allocation permission is set and the received card is a membership card, the number of stored balls is held. The total number obtained by adding the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of fees from the number of stored balls to the number of balls in the case of distribution to the number of balls is specified as the number of balls that can be distributed.

  And it progresses to the step of Sf2, and as shown in FIG.43 (b), as shown in FIG.43 (b), the distribution ball number acceptance screen including the number of balls (at the time of direct distribution non-permission) specified by the distribution possible ball number specification process of Sf2- As shown in FIG. 43 (e), the distribution ball number acceptance screen including the integrated distribution possible ball number (during direct allocation permission) specified in the distribution possible ball number specifying process of Sf2- is displayed on the display device 501. Then, the number of balls to be distributed to the distribution destination (the number of balls to be distributed) is received from the player.

  Since the distribution ball number acceptance screen of this embodiment is the same as the distribution ball number acceptance screen (FIGS. 42A and 42H) in the card unit 3, the description thereof is omitted here.

  Further, when the player inputs a desired number of balls to be allocated to the allocation ball number input unit and then selects and inputs a “decision” selection input unit, the step of Sf4 is performed according to the selection input of the “decision” In this case, it is determined whether or not the number of balls to be allocated received at the number of balls to be allocated is equal to or less than the number of balls, and if it is not less than the number of balls to be allocated, that is, the number of balls to be allocated to the number of balls allocated Is insufficient, the process proceeds to step Sf25 and the processing of steps Sf25 to Sf29 is performed, so that the received card is a member card and direct distribution from the number of stored balls is permitted. When the number of stored balls is equal to or greater than the total of the shortage and the number of fee balls corresponding to the shortage, and the player confirms acceptance of the use of the stored balls for the shortage (Sf28). ') Only for the lack of automatic vibration However, if these conditions are not satisfied, the process proceeds to step Sf29 to display a ball count error screen similar to that shown in FIG. Notifying the player that the number is insufficient, and returning to the step of Sf2- in response to the selection input section of “Confirm” on the number-of-balls error screen being selected and input by the player Thus, the number of balls that can be distributed is specified again, and the number of balls to be distributed is received (Sf2). If it is desired to terminate the process, “cancel” may be selected and input on the number-of-balls error screen.

  On the other hand, if it is equal to or less than the number of possessed balls, the process proceeds to step Sf5, and as shown in FIG. 38 (a), the management computer 150 is notified of the device ID of the distribution device 5 and the ( Member) Same as in the case of the card unit 3 described above, by transmitting a distribution permission request including the card ID and the distribution ball number received in the distribution ball number input unit (in this case, the distribution ball number). In addition, it is determined whether or not the distribution total limit or the distribution source upper limit limit is met, according to whether or not the distribution total limit or the distribution source upper limit limit are set. If this is not the case, or if the distribution total limit or the distribution source upper limit is not set, a distribution permission is returned from the management computer 150. In receiving these distribution permission requests, unlike the case of the distribution permission request from the card unit 3, the number of balls is already verified when the card is received, so the number of balls is not updated. .

  In step Sf6, the control unit 510 determines whether or not the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission. If the distribution is impossible, the control unit 510 determines “No” in the step Sf6 and determines that the response is Sf24. By proceeding to the step, and performing the limited ball number error screen display, the limited number of ball error screen including the display of the number of balls that can be allocated can be displayed on the display device 501 as in FIG. After notifying the player of the number of balls, the process returns to the step of Sf2.

  At this time, on the sorting ball number acceptance screen displayed on the display device 501 in the sorting ball number acceptance process of Sf2, the number of balls that can be sorted and included in the received non-sortable number is displayed on the sortable ball number display unit. Since the player can grasp the number of balls that can be allocated on the distribution ball number acceptance screen, the player can input the number of balls that can be allocated again as the number of balls to be distributed in step Sf2. It is possible to avoid repeated and limit ball number error.

  On the other hand, if the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission, “Yes” is determined in the step of Sf6, the process proceeds to the step of Sf7, and as shown in FIG. A display device 501 has a display unit 501 having a display unit, a message display unit for prompting insertion of a distribution destination card, and a new issue selection input unit for accepting an operation for newly issuing a visitor card when there is no distribution destination card. The second insertion slot LED 507 blinks, and the second insertion slot LED 507 urges the insertion of the distribution destination card into the corresponding second card insertion slot 505, and then cycles through the steps Sf8 and Sf9. To monitor whether the new issue selection input part is selected or whether a new card is inserted into the second card insertion slot 505. To.

  When the player who is the distribution destination does not have a visitor card or membership card, it is only necessary to select and input a new issue selection input section. When the new issue selection input section is selected and input, When the selection input is detected as being accepted in step Sf8, the process proceeds to step Sf10 and it is determined whether or not the card being accepted is a member card. If the card is not a member card, that is, the card being accepted is a visitor card. If it is, the process proceeds to Sf11 to perform the visitor issue distribution process. On the other hand, if the accepted card is a member card, the process proceeds to Sf12 to perform the member issue distribution process.

  In the visitor issuance distribution process of Sf11, the control unit 510 moves the visitor card stored in the card storage unit (not shown) of the second card reader / writer 509 to a predetermined reading position, and the card of the visitor card The ID is read and temporarily stored.

  Then, an issuance distribution request including the read card ID (distribution destination), the card ID (distribution source) of the visitor card being received by the first card reader / writer 508, the number of distributed balls, and the device ID is managed by the management computer. 150 is transmitted.

  In response to reception of this issue distribution request, the management computer 150 specifies the number of possessed balls stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID (distribution source) included in the received issue distribution request. The number of assigned balls included in the issued distribution request received from the number of held balls is subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the current date and time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card are issued A distribution history including “1” indicating “no”, “0” indicating no use acceptance, “−” indicating no use acceptance, and “-” indicating none in the distribution storage ball number and the commission ball number is registered in the distribution history table. After that, the issue distribution completion notification is returned.

  In response to receiving this issuance distribution completion notification, the control unit 510 updates the number of balls stored in the distribution source visitor card to the number of balls allocated by subtracting the number of distribution balls, and then from the distribution destination visitor card. A distribution issue request including the read card ID is transmitted to the system controller 100.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue request, the system controller 100 sets “0” to the prepaid balance stored in the visitor card table in association with the card ID included in the received distribution issue request, and the latest issue date and time Is updated and stored in the “status”, and a distribution issue completion notification is returned.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, control unit 510 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. The visitor card of the distribution source is ejected and returned from the first card insertion slot 504, and the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected and issued from the second card insertion slot 505, and is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. As shown, the message “Please take out the card” is displayed, and the first insertion port LED 506 and the second insertion port LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to prompt the user to remove the ejected visitor card. The visitor issue distribution process ends.

  These issued visitor cards, as described above, are inserted into another card unit 3 so that the number of allocated balls is added to the number of balls, and the display portion is displayed as a new number of balls. By displaying on 312, the number of balls can be paid out by operating the payout button 311.

  In addition, in the member issuance distribution process of Sf12, the control unit 510 moves the visitor card stored in the card storage unit (not shown) of the second card reader / writer 509 to a predetermined reading position, and the visitor card The card ID of the card is read and temporarily stored.

  Then, an issuance distribution request including the read card ID (distribution destination), the member card ID (distribution source) of the member card being accepted by the first card reader / writer 508, the number of balls to be distributed, and the device ID is managed. Send to computer 150.

  In response to receiving this issue distribution request, the management computer 150 identifies the number of possessed balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received issue distribution request, The number of allocated balls included in the issued distribution request received from the specified number of held balls is subtracted and updated.

  Then, as the distribution history, the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received distribution request, the card ID (distribution destination) as the distribution destination card, and the member card ID (distribution source) as the distribution source card, A distribution history including “1” indicating issuance, “0” indicating the number of balls to be distributed, “0” indicating that there is no use acceptance, and “-” indicating “none” is included in the number of distribution storage balls and commission balls is registered in the distribution history table. After that, the issue distribution completion notification is returned.

  In response to receiving this issuance distribution completion notification, control unit 510 transmits a distribution issuance request including the card ID read from the distribution destination visitor card to system controller 100.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue request, the system controller 100 sets “0” to the prepaid balance stored in the visitor card table in association with the card ID included in the received distribution issue request, and the latest issue date and time Is updated and stored in the “status”, and a distribution issue completion notification is returned.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, control unit 510 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. The membership card of the distribution source is ejected and returned from the first card insertion slot 504, and the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected and issued from the second card insertion slot 505, and is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. As shown, the message “Please take out the card” is displayed, and the first insertion port LED 506 and the second insertion port LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to prompt the user to remove the ejected visitor card. Ends the issue distribution process for members.

  On the other hand, if a new card has been inserted into the second card insertion slot 505 in the monitoring state at the steps Sf8 and Sf9, the insertion of the card is detected at the step Sf9 and the process proceeds to the step Sf14. The recording information of the card inserted into the second card insertion slot 505 is read out, and it is determined whether or not the newly inserted card is a membership card.

  If the inserted card is a membership card, the process proceeds to step Sf15. Further, it is determined whether the distribution source card received by the first card reader / writer 508 before the insertion of the card is a membership card. If the distribution source card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf16 to execute a member-to-member distribution process in which the distribution source card is a member card and the distribution destination card is also a member card. If the distribution card received before the card is inserted is not a membership card, the process proceeds to step Sf17, where the distribution card is a visitor card and the distribution card is a membership card. To implement.

  On the other hand, if the inserted card is a visitor card, the process proceeds to step Sf18. Further, whether or not the distribution source card received by the first card reader / writer 508 before the card is inserted is a membership card. If the distribution source card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf19 to execute a member-to-visitor distribution process in which the distribution source card is a member card and the distribution destination card is a visitor card. If the distribution source card received before the card is inserted is not a membership card, the process proceeds to step Sf20, where the distribution card is a visitor card and the distribution destination card is also a visitor card. Perform the distribution process.

  The member-to-member distribution process of Sf16 performed in these distribution devices 5 is almost the same as the member-to-member distribution process in the card unit 3, but when the distribution completion notification is received from the management computer 150, the control unit 510 After changing the distribution flag of the distribution-destination member card to “1” indicating the distribution, the distribution-source member card is ejected from the first card insertion slot 504 and returned, and the distribution destination is determined from the second card insertion slot 505. The member card is discharged and returned, and a message “Please take out the card” is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. 43 (d), and the first insertion port LED 506 and the second insertion port are displayed. The LED 507 is lit in a blinking manner to prompt the removal of each discharged card, and the member-to-member distribution process ends.

  The visitor-member distribution process of Sf17 performed in the distribution device 5 is almost the same as the visitor-member distribution process in the card unit 3, but when the distribution completion notification is received from the management computer 150, the control unit 510 After changing the distribution flag of the distribution-destination member card to “1” indicating that there is distribution, the visitor card of the distribution source in which the number of distributed balls is subtracted from the number of held balls is discharged from the first card insertion port 504. At the same time, the member card of the distribution destination is ejected from the second card insertion slot 505 and returned, and a message “Please take out the card” is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. In addition, the first insertion slot LED 506 and the second insertion slot LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to take out the ejected cards. The prompt, to end the visitor-to-member distribution processing.

  In addition, the member-to-visitor distribution process of Sf19 performed in the distribution device 5 is almost the same as the member-to-visitor distribution process in the card unit 3, but when the distribution completion notification is received from the management computer 150, the control unit 510 After the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card is changed to “1” indicating the distribution, the distribution source member card is discharged and returned from the first card insertion slot 504 and distributed from the second card insertion slot 505. The previous visitor card is ejected and returned, and a message “Please take out the card” is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. 43 (d), and the first insertion port LED 506 and the second insertion are displayed. The LED 507 is lit in a blinking manner to prompt the user to take out each of the ejected cards. To end the.

  The visitor-to-visitor distribution process of Sf20 performed in the distribution apparatus 5 is substantially the same as the visitor-to-visitor distribution process in the card unit 3, but the control unit 510 receives the distribution completion notification from the management computer 150. After the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card is changed to “1” indicating that distribution is performed, the distribution source visitor card in which the distribution ball number is subtracted and updated from the number of held balls is ejected from the first card insertion port 504. At the same time, the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected from the second card insertion slot 505 and returned, and a message “Please take out the card” is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. In addition, the first insertion port LED 506 and the second insertion port LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner, and are discharged. It prompted the removal of the card, to end the visitor-to-member distribution processing.

  The member card or visitor card of the distribution destination issued or returned in this way is inserted into the card unit 3, and the number of distributed balls is added to the number of balls, so Numbers can be used for payout.

  Further, the distribution device 5 of the present embodiment also performs each process for performing direct distribution from the number of stored balls, which comprises steps Sf30 to Sf41 shown in FIG.

  Among these steps Sf30 to Sf41, the processing contents other than the member direct distribution process of Sf39, the visitor direct distribution process of Sf41, and the issue direct distribution process of Sf42 are the same as the card unit 3, so here Description is omitted. In the above description of these processes, the card unit 3 is assigned to the distribution device 5, the control unit 328 is assigned to the control unit 510, the display unit 312 is assigned to the display device 501, and the card reader / writer 327 and the card insertion in step Sf35. The port 309 is replaced with the second card reader / writer 509 and the second card insertion port 505.

  In the issue direct distribution process of Sf42, the control unit 510 first moves a visitor card stored in a card storage unit (not shown) to a predetermined reading position in the second card reader / writer 509, and the card ID of the visitor card Is read and temporarily stored.

  Then, an issuance direct distribution request including the read card ID, the member card ID of the member card being received by the first card reader / writer 508, the number of distribution storage balls, and the apparatus ID of the distribution apparatus 5 is sent to the management computer 150. Send.

  In response to the receipt of the issued direct distribution request, the management computer 150 identifies the number of stored balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received issued direct distribution request, and the identified stored ball The issued direct distribution request received from the number is updated by subtracting and updating the number of distributed storage balls included in the issued direct distribution request and the number of commission balls required to transfer the distributed storage ball number to the number of possessed balls, and included in the received issued direct distribution request Corresponding to the card ID of the visitor card that is the distribution destination card, “0” is stored in the number of balls stored in the visitor saving management table, and the date and time at the time is updated and stored in the latest issue date and time.

  Then, the distribution history shows the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received issued direct distribution request, the card ID of the visitor card as the distribution destination card, and the membership card ID as the distribution source card A distribution history including “1”, the number of distributed storage balls, the number of commission balls, “0” indicating no use acceptance, and “−” indicating none in the distributed number of balls is registered in the distribution history table. After that, a direct notification of completion of direct distribution is returned.

  In response to receiving this issuance direct distribution completion notification, the control unit 510 transmits a distribution issuance request including the card ID of the temporarily stored visitor card to the system controller 100, so that the system controller 100 can perform the above-described distribution issuance. Performs the same processing as when receiving the request and returns a distribution issue completion notification.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, control unit 510 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. The membership card of the distribution source is ejected and returned from the first card insertion slot 504, and the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected and issued from the second card insertion slot 505, and is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. As shown, the message “Please take out the card” is displayed and the first insertion slot LED 506 and the second insertion slot LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to remove the ejected member card and visitor card. Promptly, and finishes the issuing direct distribution process.

  On the other hand, if there is a new card inserted into the second card insertion slot 505 in the monitoring state in the steps Sf36 and Sf37, the insertion of the card is detected in the step Sf36 and the process proceeds to the step Sf38. The recording information of the newly inserted card is read, and it is determined whether or not the newly inserted card is a membership card.

  If the newly inserted card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf39, and the member direct distribution process is performed. On the other hand, if the newly inserted card is not a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf40. Whether or not the number of stored balls is equal to or greater than the total number of commission balls that are collected when the number of allocated balls (number of allocated and stored balls) and the number of allocated balls (number of allocated and stored balls) are allocated to the number of possessed balls judge.

  If the total number is greater than or equal to the total number, the process proceeds to step Sf41 to perform the visitor direct distribution process. If the total number is not greater than or equal to the total number, the process returns to step Sf31 and the number of distribution balls (the number of distribution storage balls) is again. ).

  In the member direct distribution process of Sf39 of the present embodiment, the control unit 510 includes the device ID of the distribution device 5, the member card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted member card of the distribution destination, and the first card reader / writer. In 508, a member direct distribution request including the member card ID (distribution source) of the distribution source member card being accepted and the number of distribution storage balls is transmitted to the management computer 150.

  In response to receiving this member direct distribution request, the management computer 150 performs the above-described processing related to the continuous distribution restriction and the processing related to the distribution destination upper limit restriction according to the setting contents on the distribution setting screen. In the case where the distribution impossible is returned, if the restriction is not met or the restriction is not set, it is stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received member direct distribution request. The number of stored balls is specified, the number of allocated balls included in the member direct distribution request received from the identified number of stored balls is subtracted and updated, and the distribution history is registered in the distribution history table, and then the received member direct distribution request The member direct distribution completion notification including the member card ID (distribution source) included in the message is returned.

  Upon receiving this member direct distribution completion notification, control unit 510 changes the distribution flag of the distribution-destination member card to “1” indicating that there is distribution, and then transfers the distribution source member card from first card insertion slot 504. The card is ejected and returned, and the member card of the distribution destination is ejected and returned from the second card insertion slot 505. As shown in FIG. 43 (d), “Please take out the card.” In addition to displaying a message, the first insertion slot LED 506 and the second insertion slot LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to prompt the user to take out each of the ejected cards, and the member direct distribution process ends.

  Also, in the visitor direct distribution process of Sf41 of the present embodiment, the control unit 510, the device ID of the distribution device 5, the card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted visitor visitor card, and the first card reader The writer 508 transmits a visitor direct distribution request including the member card ID (distribution source) of the member card that is the distribution source being received to the management computer 150 and the number of distribution storage balls.

  In response to receiving the visitor direct distribution request, the management computer 150 performs the above-described processing related to the continuous distribution restriction and the processing related to the distribution destination upper limit restriction according to the setting content on the distribution setting screen. In the case where no distribution is returned, if the restriction is not met or the restriction is not set, it is stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID (distribution source) included in the received visitor direct distribution request. The number of stored balls is specified, and the number of distributed storage balls included in the distribution request received from the specified number of stored balls is subtracted and updated, and the number of commission balls required to transfer the number of distributed storage balls to the number of possessed balls After registering the distribution history in the distribution history table, the membership card ID included in the visitor direct distribution request received It returns the member direct distribution completion notification including the distribution source).

  In response to receiving the visitor direct distribution completion notification, the control unit 510 changes the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card to “1” indicating the distribution is present, and then transmits the distribution source member card from the first card insertion slot 504. At the same time, the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected and returned from the second card insertion slot 505 and returned to the display device 501 as shown in FIG. 43 (d). While displaying a message, the first insertion port LED 506 and the second insertion port LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to prompt the user to take out each of the ejected cards, and the visitor direct distribution process ends.

  Further, the distribution device 5 of the present embodiment also performs each process for performing the automatic distribution for the shortage, which includes the steps Sf50 to Sf59 shown in FIG.

  That is, in the step of Sf50, first, the management computer 150 receives the device ID of the distribution device, the member card ID being received by the first card reader / writer 508, and the holding ball received by the distribution ball number input unit. An integrated distribution permission request including a larger number of distribution balls than the number is transmitted (see FIG. 38A).

  In response to the reception of the integrated distribution permission request, the management computer 150 specifies the number of stored balls and the number of balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received integrated distribution permission request. In addition, the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of balls from the number of balls to be distributed included in the received integrated distribution permission request is specified as the number of shortage balls, and the number of stored balls is the number of shortage balls and the number of balls of the shortage number Make sure that it is equal to or more than the total number of fees required when changing to the number of balls you have. When the number of stored balls is not equal to or greater than the total number of shortage balls and commission balls, a reply indicating that the member card ID included in the received integrated ball distribution permission request is not distributed is returned.

  Then, as described above, according to the setting contents on the distribution setting screen, the above-described processing related to the total number of distributions and the processing related to the distribution source upper limit restriction are performed, and if the restriction is satisfied, the distribution impossible is returned. If it does not correspond to the above, or if no restriction is set, a distribution permission including the membership card ID included in the received integrated distribution permission request is returned.

  In step Sf51, the control unit 510 determines whether the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission. If the reply is not possible, the control unit 510 determines “No” and proceeds to step Sf59. Similarly to the limit ball number error screen shown in FIG. 42 (f), the limit ball number error screen including the display of the number of balls that can be distributed included in the received non-distributable ball is displayed to notify the player of the number of balls that can be allocated. Thereafter, the process returns to the step of Sf21- which is A in FIG.

  On the other hand, if the reply from the management computer 150 is a distribution permission, “Yes” is determined in the step of Sf51 and the process proceeds to the step of Sf52, and a new issue acceptance screen shown in FIG. 501 and the second insertion port LED 507 in a blinking state, and the second insertion port LED 507 prompts the insertion of the distribution destination card into the corresponding second card insertion port 505, and then the step of Sf8 and the step of Sf9 In the monitoring state that circulates the card, it is monitored whether there is a selection input from the new issue selection input unit or whether a new card is inserted into the second card insertion slot 505.

  If the player who is the distribution destination does not have a visitor card or membership card and the new issue selection input section is selected and input, the selection input is detected as being accepted at step Sf54. Proceeding to step Sf58, automatic issue insufficient distribution processing with visitor card issue is performed.

  In this issuance-deficient automatic distribution process, the control unit 510 moves a visitor card stored in a card storage unit (not shown) to a predetermined reading position in the second card reader / writer 509 and reads the card ID of the visitor card. Is temporarily stored.

  Then, the number of balls to be allocated is the number of balls to be allocated, and the shortage of balls that is the difference between the number of balls to be allocated and the number of balls to be received is specified as the number of balls to be allocated and stored. Management computer for an insufficiently issued automatic distribution request including the member card ID of the member card (distribution source) being received by the one card reader / writer 508, the specified number of allocated balls and allocated storage balls, and the device ID of the distribution device 150 is transmitted.

  In response to receiving this issuance insufficient automatic distribution request, the management computer 150 determines the number of balls and the number of accumulated balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received issuance automatic distribution request. The number of assigned balls included in the issued shortage automatic allocation request received from the specified number of held balls is subtracted and updated, that is, “0”, and is included in the issued shortage automatic distribution request received from the specified number of stored balls The card ID of the visitor card that becomes the distribution destination card included in the issued direct distribution request while subtracting and updating the number of distribution storage balls and the number of commission balls required to transfer the distribution storage number to the number of possessions “0” is stored in the number of possessed balls stored in the visitor saving management table in association with the date and the current date and time are updated and stored in the latest issue date and time.

  Then, as the distribution history, issue the date and time at that time, the device ID included in the received automatic insufficient distribution request, the card ID of the visitor card as the distribution destination card, and the membership card ID as the distribution source card. After registering a distribution history including “1” indicating “number of holding balls”, “number of allocated storage balls”, “number of handling balls”, and “0” indicating non-use acceptance in the distribution history table, an issue distribution completion notification is issued. Send back.

  In response to receiving this issuance distribution completion notification, the control unit 510 distributes the number of balls in the card table to the number of balls obtained by subtracting the number of balls in the distribution table and subtracts the number of stored balls in the card table and the number of balls in the handling fee. The system controller 100 performs the same processing as when the distribution issue request is received by sending the distribution issue request including the card ID of the visitor card temporarily stored to the system controller 100. And return a distribution issuance completion notification.

  In response to receiving this distribution issue completion notification, control unit 510 writes and stores “0” as the prepaid balance and the number of balls in the issued visitor card, and updates the distribution flag to “1” indicating that there is a distribution. The membership card of the distribution source is ejected and returned from the first card insertion slot 504, and the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected and issued from the second card insertion slot 505, and is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. As shown, the message “Please take out the card” is displayed and the first insertion slot LED 506 and the second insertion slot LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to remove the ejected member card and visitor card. Promptly, and terminates the issuance-deficient automatic distribution process.

  On the other hand, if there is a new card inserted into the second card insertion slot 505 in the monitoring state at the steps Sf53 and Sf54, the insertion of the card is detected at the step Sf53 and the process proceeds to the step Sf55. The recording information of the newly inserted card is read, and it is determined whether or not the newly inserted card is a membership card.

  If the newly inserted card is a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf56 to execute the member shortage automatic distribution process. On the other hand, if the newly inserted card is not a member card, the process proceeds to step Sf57. Implement automatic visitor shortage distribution process.

  In the member shortage automatic distribution process of Sf56 of the present embodiment, the control unit 510 sets the number of possessed balls specified from the member card ID of the member card being accepted as the number of retained balls, and the received number of allocated balls and The number of insufficient balls, which is the difference from the number, is specified as the number of allocated storage balls, the device ID of the distribution device 5, the member card ID (distribution destination) read from the inserted distribution destination member card, and the first card A member shortage automatic distribution request including the member card ID (distribution source) of the member card (distribution source) being received by the reader / writer 508, the specified number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls is transmitted to the management computer 150. To do.

  In response to the reception of the member shortage automatic distribution request, the management computer 150 performs the above-described processing related to the continuous distribution restriction and the processing related to the distribution destination upper limit restriction. If not applicable or no limit is set, specify the number of balls held and the number of balls stored in the member savings management table in association with the member card ID included in the received member shortage automatic distribution request. , Subtracting and updating the number of allocated balls included in the member shortage automatic distribution request received from the specified number of held balls, that is, “0”, and the distribution storage balls included in the member insufficient automatic distribution request received from the specified number of stored balls The number of fees and the number of commission balls required to shift the number of allocated storage balls to the number of possessed balls is updated by subtraction, and the distribution history is stored in the distribution history table. After registering in Le, it returns a distribution completion notification including the membership card ID (distribution source) that is included in the membership lack Auto-sort requests received.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notice, control unit 510 updates the distribution flag of the distribution-destination member card to “1” indicating that distribution is present, and then discharges the distribution-source member card from first card insertion slot 504. At the same time, the member card of the distribution destination is ejected from the second card insertion slot 505 and returned, and a message “Please take out the card” is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. At the same time, the first insertion slot LED 506 and the second insertion slot LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to prompt the user to take out each of the ejected cards, and the member shortage automatic sorting process is terminated.

  The returned membership card of the distribution destination can be used by inserting the number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls stored in the distribution history table by adding them to the other card unit 3. In addition, the history of addition of the number of possessed balls is stored in the counting / dispensing history table, and the added number of retained balls and the rate are stored and managed in the possessed ball type table.

  Further, in the visitor shortage automatic distribution process of Sf57, the control unit 510 sets the number of balls that have been identified from the member card ID of the member card being accepted as the number of balls to be distributed, The number of balls deficient, which is the difference between the numbers, is specified as the number of balls to be sorted, the device ID of the sorting device 5, the card ID (sorting destination) read from the visitor card of the sorting destination inserted, and the first card reader / writer 508. And transmits a visitor shortage automatic distribution request to the management computer 150 including the member card ID (distribution source) of the member card (distribution source) being received, and the specified number of allocated coins and the number of allocated storage balls.

  In response to receiving this visitor shortage automatic distribution request, the management computer 150 performs the above-described processing related to the continuous distribution restriction and the processing related to the distribution destination upper limit restriction. If not applicable or no limit is set, specify the number of balls and the number of balls stored in the member saving management table in association with the member card ID included in the received visitor shortage automatic distribution request. , Subtracting and updating the number of assigned balls included in the visitor shortage automatic distribution request received from the specified number of held balls, that is, “0”, and the distribution storage balls included in the visitor shortage automatic distribution request received from the specified number of stored balls Subtracting and updating the number of fees and the number of commission balls required to shift the number of allocated and stored balls to the number of possessed balls, and the distribution history After registering the distribution history table, and returns a distribution completion notification including the membership card ID (distribution source) that is included in the visitor lack Auto-sort requests received.

  In response to receiving the distribution completion notification, control unit 510 updates the distribution flag of the distribution destination visitor card to “1” indicating the distribution, and then discharges the distribution source member card from first card insertion slot 504. At the same time, the visitor card of the distribution destination is ejected from the second card insertion slot 505 and returned, and a message “Please take out the card” is displayed on the display device 501 as shown in FIG. At the same time, the first insertion slot LED 506 and the second insertion slot LED 507 are lit in a blinking manner to prompt the removal of each discharged card, and the visitor shortage automatic distribution process is terminated.

  The returned visitor visitor card is inserted into the other card unit 3 so that the number of allocated balls and the number of allocated storage balls stored in the distribution history table are added to the number of balls and can be used. In addition, the history of addition of the number of possessed balls is stored in the counting / dispensing history table, and the added number of retained balls and the rate are stored and managed in the possessed ball type table.

  Next, the integration process of the present embodiment that is performed when the integration button 310 is operated will be described below with reference to FIGS.

  When the integration button 310 is operated in the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 described above, an operation signal from the integration button switch 310 ′ is input to the control unit 328, so that the control unit 328 causes the integration button 310 in Sb10. It is determined that there is an operation, and the process proceeds to Sb28, and the integration process shown in FIG. 44 is performed. When the integration operation is invalidated, the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13 is continued without proceeding to Sb28.

  In the integration process of this embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 44, the operation of the other operation buttons is invalidated, and a counting prohibition instruction is output to the counting / fractional payout unit 340 to generate a new pachinko ball. Counting is prohibited (St1).

  Then, the count of the card reception timer for determining whether or not the elapsed time since the operation of the integration button 310 (integration operation) has reached a predetermined upper limit time for receiving the membership card is started. After that (St2), it is determined whether or not the card reader / writer 327 is currently accepting the card, specifically, whether or not the card ID is stored in the card table stored in the RAM 328b. (St3).

If it is determined that the card is being accepted, the process proceeds to step St4, and whether or not the card being accepted is a member card, whether the member ID is stored in the card table, or the like. If it is not a membership card, that is, if a visitor card is being accepted, the process proceeds to step St5, and the first integration process shown in FIG. 45 is performed. If it is a membership card, the process proceeds to St6. Proceeding to the step, the second integration process shown in FIG. 46 is performed.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step St3 that the card is not being received, the process proceeds to step St7, and the third integration process shown in FIG. 47 is performed.

  First, the first integration process will be described with reference to FIG. In the first integration process, the control unit 328 first determines whether or not the number of held balls is 0 because the number of held balls cannot be integrated when the number of held balls does not exist in the receiving visitor card (St10). ).

  If the number of possessed balls is not 0, that is, there is a number of possessed balls, the process proceeds to step St11, and it is determined whether or not the prepaid balance is 0. This is preferable because it is possible to reliably prevent the occurrence of inconvenience that the player cannot use the remaining prepaid amount existing on the visitor card by collecting the visitor card by integration. The invention is not limited to this, and the integration process may be performed even if these prepaid balances exist. In this case, after specifying the number of balls at that time as an integrated ball number, maintaining the prepaid balance of the visitor card as it is, updating the number of balls to 0, and returning from the card insertion slot 309, By accepting the membership card from the card insertion slot 309, the identified number of integrated balls may be added to the number of possessed balls of the accepted membership card for integration.

  If “Yes” is determined in the step of St10 and if “No” is determined in the step of St11, the process proceeds to the step of St21, because there is no number of balls or there is a prepaid balance. After displaying that the integration operation is invalid on the display unit 312, if the member card is waiting to be accepted, the member card waiting is canceled (St 22), the process proceeds to St 27, and the card shown in FIG. 28 is displayed. By executing the receiving screen display process, the screen in which the card receiving screen before the integration operation is displayed on the display unit 312 is returned.

  On the other hand, if the number of possessed balls is present and the prepaid balance is not present, the process proceeds to step St12, the accepted visitor card is collected in the card storage unit 370, and the membership card is collected from the card insertion slot 309. Can be accepted.

  When the visitor card is collected, the control unit 328 has a guidance message “Please insert the membership card” on the display unit 312 and a “Cancel” selection input unit for canceling the integration operation. Is preferably displayed to prompt insertion of the membership card into the card insertion slot 309.

  And it shifts to the acceptance standby state of the membership card which carries out the steps of St13 to St15.

  In this membership card acceptance standby state, whether or not the card reception timer started in the step of St2 has expired (St13), the selection input unit of “Cancel” displayed on the display unit 312 selects and inputs Whether or not the card has been received (St14) and whether or not the card has been received (St15) are repeatedly determined.

  That is, in the first integration process of this embodiment, the visitor card being received at the card insertion slot 309 is collected at the time of the integration operation, and a new recording medium can be inserted from the card insertion slot 309. Thus, the membership card is accepted until the timer of the card acceptance timer that satisfies the predetermined invalid condition is reached or until the cancellation is accepted.

  In the waiting state for accepting a membership card, if a predetermined invalid condition is met, the card acceptance timer is counted up, that is, the card is accepted until a predetermined maximum time elapses after the integration operation is performed. If the selection input unit of “Cancel” is selected and input, the process proceeds to step St20, and the visitor card collected in the card storage unit 370 in step St12 is set to the normal reading position. After carrying out the return process to return, the process proceeds to step St21, where the display unit 312 displays that the integration operation has been invalidated because the member card has not been inserted by the predetermined upper limit time. Integration by canceling the card acceptance standby (St22) and proceeding to St27 and executing the card acceptance screen display processing It returns to the state that work before the card is accepted in screen is displayed on the display unit 312. In this embodiment, the member card acceptance standby is canceled in the step of St22 after the integration processing. However, the cancellation of the standby reception of St22 may be performed before the integration processing.

  In this embodiment, since the card reader / writer 327 has a collection function that allows the collected visitor cards to be taken out in the order of the most recent collection, the card reception timer that satisfies the predetermined invalid condition is increased. If the visitor card collected without any update is returned to the normal reading position of the card reader / writer 327 in a state where the visitor card is usable, However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the card reader / writer 327 collects the visitor card. The visitor card is not stored in the card storage unit 370 but is discharged to the outside, and the collected visitor car Is not used for issuance, a visitor card different from the collected visitor card is taken out from the card storage unit 370 and returned to the normal reading position of the card reader / writer 327, and the card ID of the collected visitor card is set. Corresponding data such as prepaid balance and number of balls managed by the system controller 100 and management computer 150 are transferred to data such as prepaid balance and number of balls that correspond to the card ID read from the visitor card. At the same time, the prepaid balance data and the number of possession data that match the transferred prepaid balance and the number of possessed balls are written in the visitor card, so that record information that can identify the number of possessed balls at the time of the integration operation is recorded. A visitor card may be accepted.

  Although not carried out in this embodiment, the number of balls held by the visitor card and the number of balls newly counted in the card unit 3 are individually managed until the visitor card is discharged, In the case of integrating only the number of balls of these cards, the collected visitor card itself in which the record information that can specify the number of cards held at the time of the integration operation is recorded, or as described above, the system controller 100 or A visitor card different from the collected visitor card to which the management data of the management computer 150 has been transferred may be in a state of being received.

  Also, in this embodiment, as described above, when there is a timer up or cancellation acceptance of the card acceptance timer that satisfies the predetermined invalid condition, the collected visitor card is in an accepting state where it can be used. The present invention is not limited to this, and these collected visitor cards may be returned.

  On the other hand, if the card has been received after the integration operation has been performed until the predetermined upper limit time has elapsed, “Yes” is determined in the step of St15, and the process proceeds to the step of St16 to record on the received card. The recorded data such as the card ID is read by the card reader / writer 327, and it is determined whether or not the received card is a membership card (St16 +).

  If the received card is not a membership card, for example, if it is a visitor card, after the received card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 (not shown), it returns to the standby state for receiving St13 to St15, while the received card If is a membership card, the process proceeds to St17 and a membership card acceptance process is performed.

  This membership card acceptance process transmits an authentication request to the system controller 100, receives the authentication result from the system controller 100, and reads the membership card read from the accepted membership card, as in the case of ordinary membership card acceptance. An integrated card acceptance notification including the ID and the device ID is transmitted, and an authentication result obtained by collating the member card ID is acquired.

  The management computer 150 that has received these integrated card acceptance notifications determines whether or not the membership card ID registration exists in the member savings ball management table as in the case of receiving the normal card acceptance notification. Reply OK. However, as in the case of normal membership card acceptance, the cart processing table will be updated at this point in the acceptance processing completion notification including the number of possessed balls, the number of accumulated balls, the PIN number, the points, and the possession type data. Since the number of balls in the visitor card cannot be specified, it will not be sent.

  Then, the process proceeds to step St18, where it is determined whether or not the authentication result returned from the management computer 150 in the member card acceptance process is an authentication OK, that is, whether or not it is a regular member card.

  In this determination, if the authentication result is authentication NG (including error information), the process proceeds to step St19. After the received card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 (not shown), standby for receiving St13 to St15 is performed. On the other hand, if the authentication result is authentication OK, the process proceeds to St23 and the number of held balls (1 yen, 4 yen) stored in the card table, that is, the number of held balls of the visitor card being received. Then, the total number of balls with the number of balls counted by the card unit 3 is specified as the total number of balls. In the present embodiment, the total number of balls of the visitor card being accepted and the number of balls counted by the card unit 3 is specified as the total number of balls. The total number of balls is not limited to the number of balls, and the visitor is obtained by removing the number of balls counted by the card unit 3 from the number of balls (the number of balls of the own table -1 in the table of the number of balls held). Only the number of balls in the card is integrated as the total number of balls, and the number of balls counted in the card unit 3 is added to the number of balls in the member card when the newly received member card is returned, for example. You may do it.

  If the distribution flag of the accepted member card is “1” indicating distribution, it is determined that the member card is not a member card that can be integrated in step St18, and the member card is determined to be authentication NG in step St19. By returning it, it will be difficult to check the number of allocated balls and stored balls, etc., by integrating them into the membership card that has the number of allocated balls and stored balls that have not been added. In other words, the management of data in the management computer 150 can be prevented from becoming complicated.

  Next, the process proceeds to the step of St23 +, and the management computer 150 is notified of the number of integrated balls specified in the step of St23, the card ID of the collected visitor card (integration source card), and the member card (integration destination card) being received. After transmitting the integration request including the membership card ID and starting the display of “processing” on the display unit 312, the process proceeds to St <b> 24 and waits for reception of the integration completion notification. In this embodiment, an integration request including both the card ID of the integration source card and the membership card ID of the integration destination card is transmitted. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example, At the time of accepting the integration operation, an integration permission request including the card ID of the integration source visitor card is transmitted to the management computer 150, and on the condition that the permission OK for the integration permission request is returned from the management computer 150, Collect the visitor card, accept the integration-destination member card, and send the integration execution request including the membership card ID of the received integration-destination member card, and the integration-destination visitor card ID and integration-destination The member card ID of the member card may be transmitted individually.

  In response to the reception of the integration request, the management computer 150 stores and manages the number of integrated balls included in the integration request in the visitor saving management table in association with the card ID of the integration visitor card included in the integration request. Check whether the number of holding balls matches (1 yen, 4 yen).

  If the number of possessed balls matches, the number of retained balls stored and managed in the member saving management table in association with the membership card ID of the integration destination membership card included in the integration request received ( In addition to adding and updating the number of integrated balls to 1 yen and 4 yen), the processing device ID in the integrated history table, the integration source visitor card, the integration destination member card, the integrated number of balls (4 yen), the number of integrated balls (1 Yen) stores the device ID, visitor card ID, membership card ID, integrated ball number (4 yen), and integrated ball number (1 yen) included in the received integration request, and registers the integrated history.

  If the number of possessed balls does not match, an unintegration notification is returned to the card unit 3 that is the transmission source of the integration request.

  Further, the counting / payout history stored in the counting / payout history table in association with the visitor card ID of the integration source is transferred to the counting / payout history of the integration destination member card ID and erased. The ball type data stored in the ball type table in association with the visitor card ID is transferred to the type data of the integration destination member card ID and deleted.

  Next, after updating the number of possessions and transferring data, the “Reception ID” in the unit management table is updated and the member card ID of the integration destination is supported, as in the case of receiving a normal card acceptance notification. The number of balls to be updated (4 yen, 1 yen), the number of stored balls 4 yen, 1 yen), the PIN number, and the point of visit are specified, and corresponding to the membership card ID in the updated ball type table Identify the stored data (mochitama breakdown data) and request an integration completion notification including the specified number of possessed balls, the number of stored balls, the point of visit, the PIN number, the data of the possession balls, and the membership card ID. Is sent back to the card unit 3 of the transmission source. Even when these integration completion notifications are transmitted, as in the case of receiving acceptance processing completion notifications, the change (rearrangement) of the possession ball breakdown data is performed according to the priority order of use.

  The reception of the integration completion notification is detected at St24 and proceeds to St25. After the message indicating that the integration is completed is displayed on the display unit 312, the card table, number-of-balls breakdown table, and member game information table are reset. At the same time, the prepaid balance that has already been authenticated by reading from the received membership card and the number of balls held at each rate included in the received notification of integration completion, the number of stored balls, the point of visit, the PIN number are stored in the card table, In addition to displaying the prepaid frequency, each breakdown data in the internal ball breakdown data included in the received integration completion notification is stored in the internal ball number breakdown table in the order described in the internal ball breakdown data, and each table Is updated (St26).

  Then, after the update, the process proceeds to St27, and the card acceptance screen display process shown in FIG. 28 is performed, so that the number of balls held by the visitor card received before the integration ( The number of balls acquired) is specified as the number of balls acquired in the member card as well, so that when the visitor card before integration is received, the card display of the same number of balls acquired as the card receiving screen is displayed. After the card acceptance screen is displayed on the display unit 312, the first integration process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  When the management computer 150 returns a message indicating that integration is not possible, although not shown in FIG. 45, the integration processing is stopped, the membership card is returned, and the state before the integration processing is restored.

  Next, the second integration process will be described with reference to FIG. In the second integration process, the control unit 328 first transmits a member card use prohibition request including the device ID and the member card ID of the member card being accepted to the system controller 100 and the management computer 150, whereby these member card IDs are transmitted. Is registered as a use-prohibited card (St29). As a result, even if the member card to be returned temporarily is received by the other card unit 3, the distribution device 5, or the gift exchange POS terminal 170, the member card cannot be used and is returned.

  After transmitting this member card use prohibition request, the member card being accepted is temporarily returned from the card insertion slot 309, and the visitor card for integration into the member card can be accepted.

  When the control unit 328 ejects the membership card, the display unit 312 displays a guidance message “Please remove the membership card and insert the visitor card to be integrated” and “Cancel” for canceling the integration operation. It is preferable to display a screen having a selection input portion of “” to prompt insertion of a visitor card into the card insertion slot 309.

  And it shifts to the acceptance waiting state of the visitor card which performs the steps of St31 to St33.

  In this visitor card acceptance standby state, whether or not the card acceptance timer started in the step of St2 has been counted up (St31), the selection input part of “Cancel” displayed on the display part 312 is selective input Whether or not the card has been received (St32) and whether or not the card has been received (St33) are repeatedly executed.

  In this visitor card acceptance standby state, if the card acceptance timer is up, that is, if no card is accepted before a predetermined upper limit time has elapsed since the integration operation was performed, Is selected and input, the process proceeds to step St50, and the display unit 312 displays that the integration operation has been invalidated because the visitor card has not been inserted by the predetermined upper limit time. Thereafter, the waiting state for accepting the visitor card is canceled, and the process proceeds to a waiting state for re-accepting the membership card consisting of the processes of St51 to St56 described later.

  On the other hand, if a card has been received before the predetermined upper limit time has elapsed since the integration operation was performed, “Yes” is determined in the step of St33, and the process proceeds to the step of St34 to store in the received card. The stored data such as the card ID is read out by the card reader / writer 327, and it is determined whether or not the received card is a visitor card (St34 +). It is determined whether or not the read prepaid balance is 0 (St35).

  If the received card is not a visitor card, and if the received card is a visitor card and the prepaid balance is not 0, the process proceeds to St38, and after the received card or visitor card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309, If the received card is a visitor card having a prepaid balance of 0 while returning to the acceptance standby state of St31 to St33, the process proceeds to St36 and the number of possessed balls read from the visitor card (1 yen, 4 yen) After carrying out the number-of-hands-matching process for matching, the process proceeds to a waiting state for receiving a matching result (St37).

  In this number-of-balls matching process, the control unit 328 transmits to the management computer 150 a ball-ball matching request including the card ID read from the received visitor card, the number of balls (1 yen, 4 yen), and the device ID. In the management computer 150, the number of possessed balls for each rate stored and managed in the visitor saving management table corresponding to the card ID included in the coin matching request, and the possession included in the coin matching request It verifies whether the number of balls matches or not, and returns the verification result.

  If the collation result from the management computer 150 is collation NG, it is determined as “No” in St37, and the process proceeds to St38. After the accepted visitor card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309, St31-St33 On the other hand, if the collation result is a collation OK while returning to the acceptance standby state, it is determined as “Yes” in St37 and the process proceeds to the step of St39, and the number of balls of the visitor card that is the collation OK (1 yen, 4 yen) is specified as the total number of balls.

  If the distribution flag of the received visitor card is “1” indicating distribution, it is determined that the visitor card cannot be integrated in the step of St35 +, and the visitor card is returned at St38. So, by integrating the visitor cards with the number of balls that have not been allocated, the allocation becomes impossible, or it becomes difficult to check the number of allocated balls, etc. Data management in the management computer 150 can be prevented from becoming complicated.

  Next, the process proceeds to the step of St39 +, and the management computer 150 receives the number of integrated balls specified in the step of St39, the card ID of the received visitor card (integration source card), and the temporarily returned member card (integration destination card). After transmitting the integration request including the membership card ID and starting the display of “processing” on the display unit 312, the process proceeds to St 40 and enters a state of waiting for an integration completion notification. In this embodiment, an integration request including both the card ID of the integration source card and the membership card ID of the integration destination card is transmitted. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example, At the time of accepting the integration operation, on the condition that an integration permission request including the membership card ID of the integration destination membership card is transmitted to the management computer 150 and permission OK for the integration permission request is returned from the management computer 150, the integration destination The member ID of the integration source visitor card and the integration destination member so as to temporarily return the member card, accept the integration visitor card, and send an integration execution request including the card ID of the received visitor card. You may make it transmit separately the member card ID of a card | curd.

  Since the processing of the management computer 150 when receiving this integration request is the same as the first integration processing, description thereof is omitted here.

  The reception of the integration completion notification from the management computer 150 is detected at St40 and proceeds to St41. After the message indicating that the integration is completed is displayed on the display unit 312, the card table, number-of-balls breakdown table, member game Without resetting the information table, the number of balls held at each rate included in the received integration completion notification is stored in the card table to update the card table, and the prepaid card holding balls included in the received integration completion notification Based on the breakdown data in the possession ball breakdown data reflecting the breakdown data, the number of possession ball number breakdown table is updated (St42).

  Then, after the update, the process proceeds to St43, the accepted visitor card is collected and the temporarily returned member card can be accepted, and then the process proceeds to a membership card re-waiting standby state consisting of the processes of St51 to St56. .

  In the waiting state for re-accepting the membership card, first, a message requesting re-insertion of the temporarily returned membership card is displayed on the display unit 312 (St51), and the count of the card reception timer is restarted (St52). .

  Then, the process proceeds to a standby state for accepting a membership card for performing the steps of St53 and St54. The step of St54 has the configuration shown in detail in the steps of St15, St16, and St16 + described above, but is abbreviated for the sake of space.

  In this state, if the card reception timer is counted up, that is, if the member card is not received before the predetermined upper limit time elapses after the integration is completed, the process proceeds to step St59. When the member card ID stored in the cart table is stored as the away card, the mode is shifted to the above-described away mode in which only the insertion of the member card ID is permitted. As described above, in this embodiment, when the membership card is not received before the predetermined upper limit time elapses after the integration is completed, the mode shifts to the away mode. Is not limited to this, and when the integration is completed, the member card use prohibition release request is transmitted to the system controller 100 and the management computer 150, whereby the card unit 3 that has performed the integration process is sent to the card unit 3. The card unit 3 may be used without being inserted again.

  On the other hand, if the membership card has been accepted before the predetermined upper limit time has elapsed since the integration was completed, it is determined as “Yes” in St54, and the process proceeds to the step of St55, where the member of the accepted membership card is received. It is verified whether or not the card ID matches the membership card ID stored in the cart table, that is, whether the membership card is the same as the temporarily returned membership card.

  If the membership card IDs do not match, the membership card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309, and then the process proceeds to the standby state of St53 and St54. On the other hand, if the membership card IDs match, the process proceeds to step St54. 28. After canceling the use prohibition of the membership card performed in St29 by transmitting the request for canceling the use prohibition of the membership card to the system controller 100 and the management computer 150, the process proceeds to St58, and the above-described card acceptance screen shown in FIG. By performing the display process, the card acceptance screen that reflects the breakdown of the ball of the integrated visitor card is reflected in the card acceptance screen by the membership card before integration, for example, “Yes” is set in the self-unit summary display setting If there is a breakdown of the number of balls in the visitor card, After the card receiving screen having a ball box display of the number of balls acquired by adding the number of balls held by the visitor card to the number of balls acquired before the game is displayed on the display unit 312, The second integration process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  Next, the third integration process will be described with reference to FIG. In the third integration process, the control unit 328 first displays a screen having a guidance message “Please insert visitor card to be integrated” and a selection input unit “Cancel” for canceling the integration operation on the display unit 312. Thus, the user is prompted to insert a visitor card into the card insertion slot 309.

  And it shifts to the acceptance waiting state of the visitor card which carries out the steps of St60 to St62.

  In this visitor card reception standby state, whether or not the card reception timer started in the step of St2 has been counted up (St60), the selection input unit of “Cancel” displayed on the display unit 312 selects and inputs Whether or not the card has been received (St61) and whether or not the card has been received (St62) are repeatedly determined.

  In this visitor card acceptance standby state, if the card acceptance timer is up, that is, if no card is accepted before a predetermined upper limit time has elapsed since the integration operation was performed, Is selected and input, the process proceeds to step St90 and the display unit 312 displays that the integration operation has been invalidated because the visitor card has not been inserted by the predetermined upper limit time. Thereafter, the waiting for the visitor card is canceled (St61), the process ends, and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  On the other hand, if the card has been received before the predetermined upper limit time has elapsed since the integration operation was performed, “Yes” is determined in the step of St62, and the process proceeds to the step of St63 to store in the received card. The stored data such as the card ID is read by the card reader / writer 327, and it is determined whether or not the received card is a visitor card (St63 +). If it is a visitor card, from the visitor card It is determined whether or not the read prepaid balance is 0 (St35).

  If the received card is not a visitor card, and if the received card is a visitor card and the prepaid balance is not 0, the process proceeds to St67, and after the received card or visitor card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309, If the received card is a visitor card with a prepaid balance of 0 while returning to the acceptance standby state of St60 to St62, the process proceeds to St65, and the number of coins read from the visitor card (1 yen, 4 yen) After performing the number-of-hands-matching process for matching, the process proceeds to a waiting state for receiving a matching result (St66).

  In this number-of-balls matching process, the control unit 328 transmits to the management computer 150 a ball-ball matching request including the card ID read from the received visitor card, the number of balls (1 yen, 4 yen), and the device ID. In the management computer 150, the number of possessed balls for each rate stored and managed in the visitor saving management table corresponding to the card ID included in the coin matching request, and the possession included in the coin matching request It verifies whether the number of balls matches or not, and returns the verification result.

  If the collation result from the management computer 150 is collation NG, it is determined as “No” in St66, and the process proceeds to St67. After the accepted visitor card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309, St60-St62. On the other hand, if the collation result is a collation OK while returning to the acceptance standby state, it is determined as “Yes” in St66, and the process proceeds to the step of St68, and the number of balls of the visitor card that is the collation OK (1 yen, 4 yen) is specified as the total number of balls, and the visiting visitor card is collected in the card storage unit 370, and the membership card can be received from the card insertion slot 309 (St68 +).

  If the distribution flag of the received visitor card is “1” indicating distribution, it is determined that the visitor card is not capable of integration processing in the step of St63 +, and the visitor card moves to the step of St67. By integrating the visitor card with the number of allocated balls that have not been added, it becomes impossible to distribute or it becomes difficult to check the number of allocated balls In other words, the management of data in the management computer 150 can be prevented from becoming complicated.

  Then, the process proceeds to the step of St69, where the display unit 312 displays a screen having a “insert membership card” guidance message and a “cancel” selection input unit for canceling the integration operation. The user is prompted to insert a membership card in 309, and the card reception timer count is restarted (St70).

  Then, the process proceeds to the standby state for accepting the integration-destination member card for performing steps St71 to St73.

  In this membership card acceptance standby state, whether or not the card reception timer restarted in step St70 has been counted (St71) is selected by the “cancel” selection input unit displayed on the display unit 312. The determination of whether or not an input has been made (St72) and whether or not a card has been received (St73) is repeatedly performed.

  When the card reception timer is up in the waiting state for accepting the membership card, and when the selection input part of “Cancel” is selected and input, the process proceeds to step St92 to a predetermined upper limit time. After displaying on the display unit 312 that the integration operation has been invalidated due to the fact that no membership card has been inserted in (St92), the waiting for the acceptance of the membership card is canceled (St93), and the card is stored at step St68. After returning the visitor card collected in the unit 370 to the normal reading position, the card receiving process of Sb20 is performed in the same manner as when the visitor card is received in the same manner as the normal insertion (St94), then Sb2 Transition to the standby state of Sb13.

  By doing so, for example, even if it takes time to insert a membership card, or if a membership card of another amusement hall is mistakenly inserted, the visitor card has already been received. Therefore, by performing the integration operation in this state, the first integration process described above is carried out, which is preferable because it is possible to save the trouble of the player who inserts the visitor card again. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in the step of St94, the visitor card of the integration source may be returned from the card insertion slot 309.

  On the other hand, if the card is received before the predetermined upper limit time has elapsed, “Yes” is determined in the step of St73, and the process proceeds to the step of St74, where the card ID stored in the received card, etc. Is read by the card reader / writer 327, and it is determined whether or not the received card is a membership card (St74 +).

  If the received card is not a membership card, for example, if it is a visitor card, etc., after the received card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309 (not shown), it returns to the standby state for receiving St71 to St73 while being received. If the card is a membership card, the process proceeds to St75 and a membership card acceptance process is performed.

  This membership card acceptance process transmits an authentication request to the system controller 100, receives the authentication result from the system controller 100, and reads the membership card read from the accepted membership card, as in the case of ordinary membership card acceptance. An integrated card acceptance notification including the ID and the device ID is transmitted, and an authentication result obtained by collating the member card ID is acquired.

  The management computer 150 that has received these integrated card acceptance notifications determines whether or not the membership card ID registration exists in the member savings ball management table as in the case of receiving the normal card acceptance notification. Reply OK. However, the acceptance processing completion notification is not transmitted.

  Then, the process proceeds to the step of St76, and it is determined whether or not the authentication result returned from the management computer 150 in the member card acceptance process is authentication OK, that is, whether or not it is a regular member card.

In the determination, if the authentication result is authentication NG (including error information), the process proceeds to step St77, and after the accepted card is ejected from the card insertion slot 309, the process returns to the acceptance standby state of St71 to St73. If the authentication result is OK, St78 +
Proceed to

  If the distribution flag of the accepted member card is “1” indicating distribution, it is determined that the member card is not a member card that can be integrated in the step of St76, and the member card is regarded as an authentication NG in St77. By returning it, it will be difficult to check the number of allocated balls and stored balls, etc., by integrating them into the membership card that has the number of allocated balls and stored balls that have not been added. In other words, the management of data in the management computer 150 can be prevented from becoming complicated.

  Next, in the step of St78 +, the integrated number of balls specified in the step of St68, the card ID of the collected visitor card (integration source card), and the member of the member card (integration destination card) being accepted are sent to the management computer 150. After transmitting the integration request including the card ID and starting displaying “processing” on the display unit 312, the process proceeds to St <b> 794 and waits for the reception of the integration completion notification.

  In response to the reception of this integration request, the management computer 150 has already verified the number of balls in the visitor card, so the member of the integration destination included in the received integration request without checking the number of balls In addition to updating the integrated ball number included in the received integration request to the number of balls (1, 4 yen) stored and managed in the member savings management table in association with the member card ID of the card, the integration history Table processing device ID, integration source visitor card, integration destination member card, integrated number of balls (4 yen), integrated number of balls (1 yen), device ID, visitor card ID, member included in received integration request The card ID, the number of integrated balls (4 yen), and the number of integrated balls (1 yen) are stored and the integrated history is registered.

  Further, the counting / payout history stored in the counting / payout history table in association with the visitor card ID of the integration source is transferred to the counting / payout history of the integration destination member card ID and erased. The ball type data stored in the ball type table in association with the visitor card ID is transferred to the type data of the integration destination member card ID and deleted.

  Next, after updating the number of possessions and transferring data, the “Reception ID” in the unit management table is updated and the member card ID of the integration destination is supported, as in the case of receiving a normal card acceptance notification. The number of balls to be updated (4 yen, 1 yen), the number of stored balls 4 yen, 1 yen), the PIN number, and the point of visit are specified, and corresponding to the membership card ID in the updated ball type table Identify the stored data (mochitama breakdown data) and request an integration completion notification including the specified number of possessed balls, the number of stored balls, the point of visit, the PIN number, the data of the possession balls, and the membership card ID. Is sent back to the card unit 3 of the transmission source. Even when these integration completion notifications are transmitted, as in the case of receiving acceptance processing completion notifications, the change (rearrangement) of the possession ball breakdown data is performed according to the priority order of use.

  The reception of the integration completion notification is detected at St79 and proceeds to St80. After the message indicating that the integration has been completed is displayed on the display unit 312, the prepaid balance read from the received membership card and the received integration completion notification Stores the number of balls in each rate, the number of stored balls, the number of points visited, the PIN number in the card table, displays the prepaid frequency, and further displays each of the data in the internal ball breakdown data included in the received integration completion notification The breakdown data is stored in the number of possession number breakdown table in the order described in the possession ball breakdown data, and each table is updated (St81).

  Then, after the update, the process proceeds to St82, and the card reception screen display process shown in FIG. 28 is performed, whereby the card reception screen reflecting the breakdown of the ball of the integrated visitor card, for example, If “Yes” is set in the table summary display setting and the breakdown data of the number of balls in the visitor card is included in the breakdown of the number of balls in the visitor card, the own card acquired with these visitor cards After the card receiving screen having the ball box display of the number of balls acquired including the number of balls held is displayed on the display unit 312, the third integration process is terminated and the process returns to the standby state of Sb2 to Sb13.

  Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to these embodiments, and modifications and additions within the scope of the present invention are included in the present invention. It is.

  For example, in the above embodiment, in the card unit, when a banknote is received in a state where the card is not inserted, the visitor card is always issued and the prepaid balance is recorded, and in this way, In the game of the pachinko machine 2, when a pachinko ball is acquired and counted, it is preferable because it is possible to avoid occurrence of a situation in which there is no visitor card for recording the number of balls in the card reader / writer 327. Is not limited to this. For example, when 1000 yen which is a low-value bill is received, all the pachinko balls corresponding to the 1000 yen are paid out from the corresponding pachinko machine 2, If no visitor card is issued and the card unit 3 does not accept a visitor card when counting is performed Prepaid balance issues a visitor card 0, the number of lifting balls to the visitor card may be write store.

  In the case where these visitor cards are not issued, the number of possessed balls may be present in a state where the visitor card is not being accepted, and in this case, the number of possessed balls may be used for distribution. A visitor card may be issued during the distribution process, and the issued visitor card may be used as a distribution source card. In the unit management table of the management computer 150, as shown in the present embodiment, each card unit 3 If the number of possessed balls is stored and managed in association with the device ID, the number of balls to be allocated is updated by subtracting the number of balls allocated from the number of possessed balls in the unit management table without issuing a visitor card during the allocation process. Thus, a distribution history including the card ID of the distribution destination card may be registered in the distribution history. In this case, since the management computer 150 manages the number of possessed balls as the number of owned game media in association with the device ID as each owned game medium number specifying information, the device ID is the number of owned game media. It corresponds to specific information.

  Moreover, in the said Example, in the visitor issue distribution process in the card unit 3, the visitor card being accepted is used as the visitor card of the distribution destination, and the visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is used as the distribution source card. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is not limited to this, and the visitor card that is being accepted can be received as in the case of the issuance distribution process for members without performing these replacements. The distribution card is the distribution card, the visitor card stored in the card storage unit 370 is the distribution destination card, the accepted visitor card is ejected, the distribution destination visitor card is issued, and the distribution source visitor is again issued. You may make it accept a card.

  In the embodiment, the card reader / writer 327 of the card unit 3 is stored in the card storage unit 370 in a state where the card being received is retracted to the card insertion port 309 side without being discharged from the card insertion port 309. The visitor card being moved is moved to a predetermined reading position so that the visitor card can be read out. This is because the visitor card to be issued is issued when the visitor card for distribution is issued. In order to read the card ID of the card, the card being accepted is not ejected from the card insertion slot 309, and the card is held inside until the visitor card issued and the data update storage are completed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid inconveniences associated with these discharges. Although preferred, the present invention is not limited thereto, may be a card reader-writer does not have the function of retracting the card in these accepted the card insertion port side.

  In the above embodiment, the management computer 150 also manages the members. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the management of these members is performed on individual computers. Anyway.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, as the number of saving balls of the member, the number of holding balls acquired on the day and the number of saving balls acquired on the day are individually illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. However, the number of balls acquired on the day may be managed as the number of stored balls in a unified manner.

  Further, in the above embodiment, in order to make the visitor card repeatedly used also subject to the restriction on the total number of distribution sources and the total number of distribution destinations, the latest issue date is managed, and the total number of distribution of each visitor card (distribution source) Although the total number of distributions (distribution destinations) can be accurately counted, the present invention is not limited to this, and these visitor cards are not subject to the total number of distribution sources or the total number of distribution destinations. May be.

  Moreover, in the said Example, determination whether the number of balls to be distributed is in the range of the number of balls is performed in each card unit 3 or the distribution apparatus 5 side, and the number of balls to be distributed is the number of balls in the determination. Registration is made to the distribution history that is distributed in response to the distribution request received on the condition that it is within the range, and this is done in a distributed manner. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the determination of whether or not the number of balls to be distributed is within the range of the number of balls is managed. The computer 150 may be integrated.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, a fee is collected when the number of stored balls is shifted to the number of possessed balls. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the fee may not be collected. . Further, the fee for transferring the number of stored balls to the number of held balls in the distribution may be different from the fee for shifting from the normal number of stored balls to the number of held balls without distribution.

  Further, in the above embodiment, the total number of distributed balls and the number of distributed storage balls is used as the total number of distributions in various restrictions, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example, from the number of stored balls In the case of direct allocation from the number of pooled balls, the total of only the number of sorted pooled balls is set. If the allocation is based on the number of balls, if the allocation is based on the total number of allocated balls, the determination is performed based on the total number of allocated balls and the limited number. If so, the determination may be made on the basis of the total number of distributed holding balls and the number of distributed storage balls and the limit number.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although the example which made the aggregation object period 1 day was shown, this invention is not limited to this, For example, if 3 days are set to these accumulation object periods, , The total number of distributions (total), the total number of distributions (distribution source), and the total number of distributions (distribution destinations), the distribution history including the dates corresponding to the last three days including the current day, which is the target period, If the target period is set to one week, for example, the total number of distributions (total), the total number of distributions (distribution source), and the total number of distributions (distribution destinations) The distribution history including the date corresponding to one week including the current day, which is the target period, may be the target of aggregation. In other words, as the aggregation method, the distribution history including the date information corresponding to the aggregation target period is aggregated. It may be of interest.

  In the above embodiment, the pachinko ball is used as the game medium. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game machine may be a slot machine that uses a medal as the game medium. For example, in place of the counting / fractional payout unit 340, a medal counting unit for counting the medals is provided so that the number of medals obtained in each slot machine is counted by the card unit corresponding to each slot machine. Also good.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although the form which used the ball-stacking display unit 401 was illustrated, this invention is not limited to this, It has the display part 312 in the card unit 3 like the said Example. When displaying a card receiving screen including a ball box display on the display unit 312, the ball stacking display unit 401 may not be used. Conversely, the card is displayed on the display unit 312 of the card unit 3. By displaying only the ball stacking display unit 401 without displaying the accepting screen, the unit display corresponding to the number of balls acquired in the ball stacking display unit 401 may be displayed in the ball stacking display unit 401. good.

  Moreover, in the said Example, by having LED module 412a-412e in each display part 402a-402e as the ball-stacking display unit 401, multicolor lighting can be performed in steps, and the conventional ball box As in the case of stacking, the one that makes it easy to visually grasp the number of balls acquired is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, A relatively large flat display may be arranged to display a screen similar to the card receiving screen in the display unit 312.

  Further, in the card receiving screen of the embodiment, the display mode of the number of balls held (the number of balls acquired) and the number of balls held by other units are set so that the size of the ball box display is different. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the color or the ball box image may be different.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although the classification of a rate, a stand number, distribution etc. are illustrated as a kind of number of balls, this invention is not limited to this, For example, as a kind of stand, Type, type of corner where game machine is installed (Amaji Digi Corner, Battle Type Corner, etc.), lending rates other than 1 yen or 4 yen, prize exchange rate with prizes instead of lending rate, always set It may be a special lending rate or a gift exchange rate set during a specific event period.

  In the above embodiment, the integration button 310 is individually provided to accept the integration operation. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the integration operation can be accepted by a visitor card or a member. The acceptance of other types of cards during the acceptance of the cards may be accepted as the integration operation.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although the form which temporarily returns the integration destination member card from the card insertion port 309 was illustrated in the 2nd integration process, this invention is not limited to this, A membership card may be provided in the card reader / writer 327 so as to accept the visitor card of the integration source in a state of being saved in the saving unit.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, in the integration process, an example in which the integration operation is invalidated by elapse of a predetermined time from the integration operation that is an invalid condition or cancellation operation is illustrated. For example, in the second integration process in which the membership card is temporarily returned, these temporarily returned membership cards may be transferred to another card unit 3 or a distribution device during the integration process. In response to the acceptance in step 5, the integration operation may be invalidated and the integration process may be stopped.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, a specific example of the integration process in the integration process, that is, the process of shifting the number of possessed balls is exemplified mainly by the management computer 150. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the card unit 3, the card unit 3 side acquires the number of balls of the integration source visitor card and the number of balls of the integration destination member card from the management computer 150, and the card unit 3 side. , The number of balls in both sides is integrated, and an integrated renewal request including the integrated number of balls and the membership card ID of the integration destination membership card is sent to the management computer 150, and the number of possessions of the membership card is determined. By updating the number of balls, the card unit 3 may operate as a main body of integration.

  Further, in the third integration process of the above embodiment, when the integration destination member card is inserted before the integration source visitor card, the integration destination member card is returned. Is not limited to this, for example, by providing a saving unit in the card reader / writer 327, and receiving the visitor card of the integration source in a state in which the member card received earlier is saved in the saving unit, An integration process may be performed.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although the form which provided each card unit 3 in the pachinko machine 1 on 1 was illustrated, this invention is not limited to this, About the counting and fraction payout unit 340 Although each pachinko machine 2 is provided in a one-to-one correspondence, the card unit 3 may be provided between the two pachinko machines 2 in common between the two pachinko machines 2. That is, a gaming device may be provided corresponding to a plurality of gaming machines.

  In the embodiment, when the pachinko balls are counted and the number of balls is changed, when the predetermined time after the change of 5 seconds elapses, the number of balls after the change is changed to the management computer 150. By updating the number of possessed balls corresponding to the (member) card ID of the accepting visitor card or member card, the new number of possessed balls after the change will be accepted. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the update of the number of balls in the management computer 150 is the same as the update record of the number of balls in the visitor card. You may make it carry out only at the time of return.

  As described above, when the number of balls in the management computer 150 is updated only when the visitor card or member card is returned, the number of balls that are newly acquired and counted by the game is: The number of balls that are specified from the visitor card or membership card until the return time (the number of balls in the card) will not be counted, so the number of balls that are newly acquired and counted by the game is present when the integrated button is operated In the same way as when the return is performed in accordance with the operation of the integration button, the number of possessed balls is updated in the management computer 150, and the counted number of balls is determined from the visitor card or the membership card (the number of possessed balls). The number of balls including the counted number of balls is used as an integrated number of balls, or, as described above, in the management computer 150 Without performing updating of the number of balls may be carried out integration processing only lifting balls number of cards that do not include the number of these counts balls as an integrated piece count.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although the form which manages the number of balls of a visitor card, the number of balls of a membership card, and the number of balls of storage by the same management computer 150 was illustrated, this invention is limited to this. Rather than managing the number of balls of these visitor cards, the number of balls of member cards and the number of stored balls with separate management computers (visitor management computer and membership management computer), and accepting the visitor card Send a card ID etc. to the visitor management computer to check the number of balls, etc., and if a membership card is received, send the card ID etc. to the member management computer You may make it acquire the number of stored balls.

  Further, in the embodiment, the source pachinko machine 2 is specified on the management computer 150 side using the counting / dispensing history table, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example, By recording the machine number of at least the previous game machine that has been counted on the visitor card or member card, the management machine 150 counts and pays out the game machine at the card unit 3 side. It may be possible to specify without using a history table.

  Moreover, in the said Example, although it is made to alert | report only that the pachinko machine 2 of the movement origin set as the hyena check became empty, this invention is not limited to this, These movement origins are not limited. You may make it alert | report that the pachinko machine 2 was playing a game from an empty base.

  In the above embodiment, the visitor card is collected in response to the count up of the high-ena settings cancellation grace timer, and a high-ena settings cancellation request is transmitted to the management computer 150 to display the collected visitor cards in the hyena notification information table. By deleting all data corresponding to the card ID of the card, the management computer 150 cancels the high-ena setting, and the card unit 3 side performs the processing for receiving high-ena information, so that the number of balls and the prepaid balance are both zero. In such a case, notification based on the hyena information is not performed. This is because even if the transmission of the hyena setting cancellation request and the reception of the hyena information occur almost simultaneously, the notification based on the received hyena information is performed. Can be surely prevented from being implemented However, the present invention is not limited to this, and only the hyena information reception process is performed on the card unit 3 side without transmitting the hyena setting release request to the management computer 150, or By sending a hyena setting release request to the management computer 150, the hyena setting is released so that the hyena information is not transmitted only on the management computer 150 side. In addition, the notification screen may be displayed using hyena information.

  Further, in the above embodiment, when the pachinko ball is not newly counted in the card unit 3, the acquired game which is the number of possessed balls of the card specified from the card ID or the possession number data of the receiving visitor card. Since the number of media is the number of possessed balls (total number of game media owned), in such a case, the source game is based on the condition that the total number of game media owned, which is the number of acquired game media, is 0. Each notification screen shown in FIG. 54 as the base information is not displayed, or when there is a prepaid balance even if the total number of game media that are acquired is 0, When the screen is displayed, or when the total number of game media and the remaining amount of prepaid, which are the number of acquired game media, are both 0, additional / payment processing (value addition processing) before the predetermined period elapses By but it was carried out, without requiring the hyenas setting by new output operation, thus implementing display of each notification screen.

  Moreover, in the said Example, it is counted by the card unit 3 which is accepting the visitor card to the number of possessed balls (the number of acquired game media) specified from the card ID and the possession number data of the visitor card being accepted. The visitor card is collected on the condition that the number of possessed balls (total number of game media owned) to which the counted number of balls is added is 0, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, In the case where the number of cards possessed (number of acquired game media) and the number of balls counted are managed separately, and the number of cards possessed (number of acquired game media) is used preferentially in the payout process, Even if the number of balls is not 0, the visitor card being accepted may be collected in response to the number of balls held (the number of acquired game media) becoming 0. Similarly, even if the number of balls to be counted is not zero, the determination in Sj2 is determined to be NG in accordance with the fact that the number of cards possessed (the number of acquired game media) is zero, so that the hyena setting is not performed. Or, if the prepaid balance and the number of possessed cards (the number of acquired game media) are 0, each notification screen is displayed by determining Yes in the step of Sg1 in the process of receiving hyena information. It may not be allowed to.

  That is, as described above, when managing the number of balls possessed by a visitor card (the number of acquired game media) and the number of balls counted by the card unit 3 that is accepting the visitor card, As described above, when the card unit 3 is not counted and the number of possessed balls (the number of acquired game media) becomes 0, the player is likely to change. In the above embodiment, the number of balls in which the number of balls is added to the number of balls in the visitor card (the number of acquired game media) so that the player is not provided with the hyena information of the player before the change. Even if there are count balls, the number of balls in the visitor card (the number of game media to be acquired) is 0 for each process that is performed on the condition that (total number of game media) is 0. That is, at least the number of balls Game number medium) may be implemented as a condition to be a zero.

  In the above embodiment, the number of balls after movement in the card unit 3 (abbreviated as the movement source card unit 3) corresponding to the movement source pachinko machine 2, that is, the visitor card is received in the movement source card unit 3. Hyena information is reported in response to the number of balls counted after being discharged being 10,000 balls, but the present invention is not limited to this, and these notifications may be As in the case of the number of balls, the number of balls counted from the point when the selection input operation of “execution of setting” corresponding to the movement source pachinko machine 2 on the movement source table detailed information screen is accepted is a predetermined number. You may make it implement according to having become 10,000 balls. That is, the notification of the hyena information may be performed by specifying game-related information after at least the selection input operation (output operation) of “setting execution” described above is received.

  In the above embodiment, the prepaid balance and the frequency corresponding to the prepaid balance are used as the form of game value. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the form of these game values It goes without saying that other forms such as points and points may be used.

  Further, in the above embodiment, on the movement source table list screen shown in FIG. 49 (b) displayed on the card unit 3, the player sets the movement source table (“1 vehicle front”, “2 vehicles previous”, “3 vehicles” In response to accepting the selection of "Previous" ...), the detailed information of the selected movement source table is acquired from the management computer 150 and displayed on the card unit 3, and then the movement source table displaying the detailed information is displayed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the detailed information is not acquired from the management computer 150 and displayed. The management computer 150 checks the hyena in response to the selection of the movement source table ("one front", "two previous", "three previous" ...) from the player on the movement source table list screen. settings It may be Hodokosuru so.

  Further, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 54, that the pachinko machine 2 that has moved is a big hit, that the number of counting balls after moving has reached a predetermined value, and that the number of starts has reached a predetermined value. In addition, the fact that the difference ball number has reached a predetermined value and that it has become empty is all reported as hyena information, but the present invention is not limited to this, and at least one of these One of them may be notified, or, among these, the player may select what is notified.

Further, in the above embodiment, as the hyena information serving as the movement source game machine information of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 54, the movement source pachinko machine 2 has been a big hit, and the number of balls counted after movement is predetermined. It is notified that the value has been reached, the start number has reached a predetermined value, the number of difference balls has reached a predetermined value, and that it has become vacant, but the present invention is limited to this As shown below, the hyena information that becomes the source game machine information is information about the source pachinko machine 2 that allows the player to determine whether or not he / she is moving the machine. If it is good.

  In other words, in a reach production that is a production when there is a possibility of winning a big hit, information on whether or not a premium reach has occurred may be used for a player who wants to see a premium reach that occurs only rarely. However, if it is a player who wants to see a special role effect that is rarely implemented, for example, a combination effect of a role, information on whether or not these special role effects have occurred may be used.

  Similarly to the pachinko machine 2 of the above-described embodiment, if the source gaming machine is in a certain change state or a short-time state, information on whether or not the certain change state, short-time state, or extended state has been established. , It may be information on the number of times of probable change or short-time state, or the number of consecutive hours, or if these are game machines that generate special small hits that suddenly shift to the probabilistic state It may be information on whether or not a small hit has occurred or information on the number of occurrences of a small hit. Contrary to the information on whether or not the state is in the consecutive state, it may be information on whether or not the generated big hit is a normal big hit (single big hit) that does not shift to the probability change state.

  In addition, when the game machine of the movement source is a game machine in which a lottery or the like of a big hit is carried out on condition that it is a small hit by winning a variable winning device that is not usually won or is difficult to win. In addition, it may be information on whether or not a specific mode state that is controlled to an open state in which it is easy to win a prize winning variable winning device, and information on the number of times of entering the specific mode state.

  Further, the game machine that is the source of the movement is not a pachinko machine but a slot machine that uses medals as a game medium, and for example, a slot machine that generates a replay time (RT) in which the probability of establishing a replay role is higher than usual. If it is, it may be information on whether or not the replay time (RT) has been reached, information on the number of times the replay time (RT) has been reached, a specific small role and a big bonus or regular If the bonus is a slot machine that simultaneously wins, information on whether or not these simultaneous wins have occurred, and information on the number of times that simultaneous wins have occurred may be used.

  Moreover, in the said Example, collection of a visitor card is implemented by accommodating in the storage part 370 behind the card unit 3 so that another membership card and a visitor card can be received, but this invention is this. The collection is not limited to the above, and the visitor card to be collected is withdrawn at a retreat position other than the storage unit 370 provided at the back of the card unit 3 to collect the other visitor card or visitor card. May be accepted.

2 Pachinko machine 3 Card unit 5 Sorting device 100 System controller 102 CPU
105 Storage Device 106 Input Device 107 Display Device 109 Communication Unit 140 Hall Computer 150 Management Computer 152 CPU
155 Storage device 156 Input device 157 Display device 170 Gift exchange POS terminal 309 Card insertion slot 311 Discharge button 312 Display unit 314 Transparent touch panel 315 IR light receiving unit 321 Bill recognition unit 327 Card reader / writer 328 Control unit 328b RAM
334 Communication section 335 Return passage 337 Discharge flow path 338 Storage section 340 Counting / fraction dispensing unit 341 Control board 344 Connecting rod 345 Input section 346 Inlet 347 Count flow path 350 Control section 353 Discharge motor 355 Count operation section 356 Count sensor 358 Flow Path switching solenoid 370 Card storage unit 401 Ball stacking display unit 508 First card reader / writer 509 Second card reader / writer 510 Control unit

Claims (7)

Provided for game machines,
Counting means for counting game media acquired in the game;
In response to a predetermined operation by the player, the number of acquired game media based on the counted number of game media counted by the counting means and a recording medium that can identify the corresponding game machine as a source game machine are discharged, and at least Recording medium processing means for receiving the recording medium discharged in another gaming device;
The total number of players comprising the number of acquired game media counted by another game device identified from the recording media received by the recording medium processing means, and the number of game media counted by the game device. Use processing means for performing use processing for causing the game media to be used in the game of the corresponding gaming machine within the range of the number of owned game media;
If at least the acquired game medium speed by the use processing is 0, and recovery means for recovering the recording medium in reception on the recording medium processing unit,
A plurality of gaming devices comprising:
Is communicably connected with each of the plurality of pre Ki遊 Technical equipment, a management device, each of the gaming apparatus for managing gaming related information generated along with the game in the corresponding gaming machine for each game machine,
A gaming system comprising:
An output operation receiving means for receiving an output operation for requesting output of movement source gaming machine information, which is information based on game-related information of the movement source gaming machine, from a player;
Wherein when the recording medium processing unit is accepted the recording medium, based on the acceptance of the output operation by the output operation acceptance means, to a mobile source of the game machine identified from the recording medium carrying them receiving, at least Source game machine information output processing means for performing source game machine information output processing for specifying game-related information after the time point when the output operation is received and for outputting source game machine information based on the specified game-related information When,
A gaming system comprising: 2. The game system according to claim 1, further comprising a restricting unit that restricts execution of the movement source game machine information output process when at least the number of acquired game media does not exist. In the recording medium, prepaid value information capable of specifying the size of the prepaid value that can be used for games is recorded,
The gaming device, the game media corresponding to at least a portion the size of the prepaid value is specified from the prepaid value information recorded on the recording medium that is accepted in the recording medium processing unit, the corresponding gaming machine Prepaid use processing means for performing prepaid use processing for use in the game of
The movement source gaming table information output processing means, even in the absence of at least the acquired game medium number, the size of the prepaid value is specified from the prepaid value information recorded on the recording medium carrying them receiving when present, the gaming system according to claim 1, characterized in that the movement source gaming table information output process. The gaming device is:
Money identifying means for accepting money and identifying the authenticity and money type of the accepted money;
A value addition process for adding a prepaid value corresponding to a predetermined amount within the range of the identified amount identified by the money identifying means to a prepaid value specified by the prepaid value information of the recording medium. Value addition means to perform,
With
The movement source gaming table information output processing unit, after accepting the output operation by the output operation acceptance means, when the magnitude and at least the acquired game medium number flop Ripeido value becomes zero until the lapse of a predetermined time period when said value added processing is performed, while performing the movement source gaming table information output process based on the reception of the output operation, when the value adding process until the elapse of a predetermined time period has not been carried out the gaming system according to claim 3, characterized in that not performed the movement source gaming table information output process based on the reception of the output operation. The management device manages the number of jackpots of gaming machines as the game related information,
The source game machine information output processing means determines that the number of jackpots of the source game machine in the source game machine information output process in response to specifying that the number of jackpots of the source game machine has been updated. The game system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein information indicating that the game has been updated is output as the source game machine information. The management device manages, as the game related information, a counting history including the number of counted gaming media counted by the counting means for each gaming machine corresponding to the gaming device,
The movement source gaming table information output processing means, the game that the basis from the recording medium to the recording medium processing unit is accepted to count history of the source gaming machine is identified, corresponding to the movement source of the game machine counting game medium number counted by the use device, in response to reaching the predetermined number, in the move source gaming table information output processing is counted in for the game corresponding to the movement source of the game machine unit 6. The game system according to claim 1, wherein the fact that the number of counted game media has reached a predetermined number is output as the source game machine information. The recording medium processing unit, when said acquisition game medium number specified from the recording medium which received said predetermined operation was in when being present without being used all by the use process, said to be the present and acquisition game medium number, and discharges the recording medium which can specify as the source gaming machine the acquisition game medium number gaming machine gaming machine as well as the corresponding counted to the present,
The movement source game machine information output processing means specifies game-related information of all the movement source gaming machines from the recording medium received by the recording medium processing means, and in the movement source game machine information output process, 7. The game system according to claim 1, wherein the game machine information is output based on game-related information of each of the specified game machines of the movement source.

Images